diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help')
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites | 83 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ | 1015 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books | 147 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index | 11553 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex | 189 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan | 298 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt | 1892 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial | 331 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp | 234 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html | 354 | ||||
-rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth | 633 |
11 files changed, 16729 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a38e1051b2b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +In order to reduce network load, it is recommended that you use the +Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) host which is located in the +closest network proximity to your site. Alternatively, you may wish to +obtain a copy of the CTAN via CD-ROM (see help/CTAN.cdrom for details). + +Known mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically): + cis.utovrm.it (Italia) /TeX + ctan.math.mun.ca (Newfoundland, Canada) /tex-archive + ctan.unsw.edu.au (NSW, Australia) /tex-archive + dongpo.math.ncu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /tex-archive + ftp.belnet.be (Belgium) /packages/TeX + ftp.ccu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub/tex + ftp.cdrom.com (West coast, USA) /pub/tex/ctan + ftp.comp.hkbu.edu.hk (Hong Kong) /pub/TeX/CTAN + ftp.cs.rmit.edu.au (Australia) /tex-archive + ftp.cs.ruu.nl (The Netherlands) /pub/tex-archive + ftp.cstug.cz (The Czech Republic) /pub/tex/CTAN + ftp.duke.edu (North Carolina, USA) /tex-archive + ftp.funet.fi (Finland) /pub/TeX/CTAN + ftp.gwdg.de (Deutschland) /pub/dante + ftp.heanet.ie (Ireland) /pub/ctan/tex + ftp.jussieu.fr (France) /pub4/TeX/CTAN + ftp.kreonet.re.kr (Korea) /pub/CTAN + ftp.lab.kdd.co.jp (Japan) /CTAN + ftp.loria.fr (France) /pub/ctan + ftp.mpi-sb.mpg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/mirror/ftp.dante.de + ftp.nada.kth.se (Sweden) /pub/tex/ctan-mirror + ftp.net.uni-c.dk (Denmark) /mirror/ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive + ftp.ntua.gr (Greece) /mirror/ctan + ftp.oleane.net (France) /pub/mirrors/CTAN/ + ftp.rediris.es (Espa\~na) /mirror/tex-archive + ftp.rge.com (New York, USA) /pub/tex + ftp.riken.go.jp (Japan) /pub/tex-archive + ftp.tu-chemnitz.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex + ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/tex/CTAN + ftp.uni-augsburg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/ctan + ftp.uni-bielefeld.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex + ftp.unina.it (Italia) /pub/TeX + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (Deutschland) /tex-archive (/pub/tex) + ftp.univie.ac.at (\"Osterreich) /packages/tex + ftp.ut.ee (Estonia) /tex-archive + ftpserver.nus.sg (Singapore) /pub/zi/TeX + joshua.smcvt.edu (Vermont, USA) /pub/tex + src.doc.ic.ac.uk (England) /packages/tex/uk-tex + sunsite.auc.dk (Denmark) /pub/tex/ctan + sunsite.cnlab-switch.ch (Switzerland) /mirror/tex + sunsite.icm.edu.pl (Poland) /pub/CTAN + sunsite.unc.edu (North Carolina, USA) /pub/packages/TeX + tex.ihep.su (Russia) /pub/TeX/CTAN + wuarchive.wustl.edu (Missouri, USA) /packages/TeX + +Known partial mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically): + ftp.adfa.oz.au (Australia) /pub/tex/ctan + ftp.dcc.uchile.cl (Chile) /pub/Mirror/ctan + ftp.fcu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub2/tex + ftp.germany.eu.net (Deutschland) /pub/packages/TeX + ftp.gust.org.pl (Poland) /pub/TeX + ftp.jaist.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/TeX/tex-archive + ftp.uu.net (Virginia, USA) /pub/text-processing/TeX + sunsite.dsi.unimi.it (Italia) /pub/TeX + sunsite.snu.ac.kr (Korea) /shortcut/CTAN + +Please send updates to this list to <ctan@urz.uni-heidelberg.de>. + +The participating hosts in the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network are: + ftp.dante.de (Deutschland) + -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive) + -- gopher on node gopher.dante.de + -- email via ftpmail@dante.de + -- World Wide Web access on http://www.dante.de/ + -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@dante.de> + + ftp.tex.ac.uk (England) + -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive) + -- gopher on node gopher.tex.ac.uk + -- NFS mountable from nfs.tex.ac.uk:/public/ctan/tex-archive + -- World Wide Web access on http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive + -- Administrator: <ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk> + + ctan.tug.org (Massachusetts, USA) + -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/archive) + -- World Wide Web access on http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/ + -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@mail.tug.org> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1dd051f1e83 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ @@ -0,0 +1,1015 @@ +Date: Tue, 31 Jan 1995 21:15:16 +0100 +Sender: NTS-L Distribution list <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN> +From: "J%org Knappen, Mainz" <KNAPPEN@VKPMZD.KPH.UNI-MAINZ.DE> +Subject: Frequently asked questions of NTS-L, 5th edition +X-To: nts-l <nts-l@dhdurz1.bitnet> +To: Multiple recipients of list NTS-L <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN> + + Frequently Asked Questions of NTS-L + +Fifth edition +Date: 31-JAN-1995 +Archive name: nts-l-faq +Currently maintained by: knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de (J%org Knappen) + +Remark about the format: + +This faq is divided into several sections and subsections. Each section +contains a subsection general with some ideas which have not yet been +discussed. I added a date to some subsections to allow you to retrieve +fuller discussions from the archives. The transactions of this group are +archived on + + ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] *) + directory pub/tex/documentation/nts-l + +Each file in this directory is named yymm, where (guess :-) yy is the +year and mm is the month when the mail arrived. (I.e., all postings +of one month are bundled in one file.) +*) Avoid using the number above ... it is subject to changes. + +Related stuff which is very worth reading you can find on the CTAN archives +under tex/info/tex-implementors. In addition, I recommend reading the list +of TeX bugs (tex-archive/systems/knuth/errata/tex82.bug). + +-1. Contents + +0. About NTS +1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system +1.1. Improvement of Quality +1.2. Internationality +1.3. New Look and Feel +1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm +1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file +1.6. Anchors +1.7. dump/restore mechanism +2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives) +2.1. \lastmark etc. +2.2. \system +2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit +2.4. \directioncode +2.5. \textcode +2.6. \afterfi +2.7. \interactionmode +2.8. \mathspacing +2.9. \inputescapechar +2.10. \middle +2.11. \outputunit +2.12. \protected +2.13. \scantokens +2.14. \deferred +2.15. \everyeof +2.16. \readline +2.17. \evaluate +2.18. \ifevaluate +2.19. \everyeof +2.20. \fancyprompt +3. Metaremarks +3.1. TeX is not perfect +3.2. In which language shall NTS be written +3.3. The TeX language +3.4. The TeX engine +3.5. Extensions and Enhancements +4. Deviations +4.1. Automated Kerning +4.2. About Lout +5. Proposed changes to METAFONT +5.1. Writing to auxiliary files +6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format +6.1. Vertical kerning +6.2. Cross-font ligatures +7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format +7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring +7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees +8. Additions to the TeX kit +8.1. dvicopy +8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv +8.3. gftotxt +8.4. qdtexvpl +8.5. fontinst +8.6. afmtotfm +8.7. dvipaste +8.8. METAPOST +8.9. Tie +8.10. dvi2dvi +9. Existing extensions to TeX +9.1. TeX-XeT +9.2. TeX--XeT +9.3. MLTeX +9.4. SiSiSi +9.5. Japanese TeX + +0. About NTS (Mar 93, see also Jul 92) + + At DANTE '93, held at the Technical University Chemnitz last week, Joachim + Lammarsch, President of Dante, announced that the NTS project which had been + started under the aegis of DANTE, was to be re-formed under a new + co-ordinator, Philip Taylor. The old core group, announced at the previous + annual DANTE meeting, was to be dissolved, and a new core group established. + Membership of the new core group will not be restricted to DANTE members, + but will instead be offered to various well-known names (and some + lesser-known!) in the international TeX community. + + see also: + F. Mittelbach: E-TeX Guidelines for future TeX, TUGboat v11n3 (1990) + P. Taylor: The future of TeX, EuroTeX'92 Prag (Proceedings); reprinted + in TUGboat v13n4, 433 (1992) + + As of September 1994, there are two activities going on, the ETeX group + is working on a extension of TeX and is going to produce a first ETeX soon. + The NTS group takes the path to reimplement TeX in common LISP to get + a deeper understanding of how the modules of TeX are cooperating which + eachother. + + Independently, the Omega project was launched to produce a typesetting system + which uses unicode as internal code and can handle arbitrarily encoded input + via filters. + + The beforementioned projects were presented at the 1994 TUG meeting at Santa + Barbara and at the EuroTeX'94 conference at Gdansk. For more information, + consult the respective proceedings. For the Omega project exists a mailing + list, omega@ens.fr. To subscribe, send an e-mail to LISTSERV@ens.fr. + + Omega is now announced to be presented at March 16, 1995 at CERN (Geneva). + +1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system + +1.1. Improvement of Quality + +1.1.0 General: + Optimised page breaking, avoiding ``rivers'', letterspacing (see also 4.1), + Hyphenation (Haupt- und Nebentrennstellen), grid typesetting + +1.1.1 Skyline approach to line breaking (Mar 93) + +You can break paragraphs as usual with the current model, where all +lines are simple rectangular boxes. If there's no necessity to insert +\lineskip, then you don't have to look at the skyline. Only if two +lines are too near (e.g. distance<\lineskiplimit), you have to look +into the two rectangular boxes and to check if the boxes inside +overlap at one or more places. +For the worst case (i.e., you have to look at the skyline for all +pairs of lines) processing the skyline model consumes a lot of process +time, but this shouldn't hinder us to test this idea and look at the +results. + +Btw, the skyline model seems to be easy to implement in the current +TeX, because we need only some changes when the finally broken lines +of the paragraph are put on the vertical list. There are more changes +needed in the code, if the line break should be changed for the cases +where it is possible to avoid an overlap with other break points, but +IMHO it's nonetheless a relatively small change. + +Additionally you have to introduce some new parameters. I think of +something like: + \skylineskiplimit (b) + minimum vertical distance between two boxes + \skylinehorizontallimit (a) + minimum horizontal distance + + +line 1: ------------ + % % + % % ---------- + ------- <== (a) ==> % % + ~ % % + (b) % ------- + v % + ---------------------- +line 2: + +and other parameters, but the necessary parameter set, realization, +etc. for "skylines" are subject of discussion. + + +1.2. Internationality + +1.2.0 General: + Typesetting in arbitrary directions, unicode support (16bits), ISO10646 + support (32bits), ligatures pointing to other fonts, vertical kerning, + better accent handling (\topaccent and \botaccent) + + Remark: UTF-8 (UNICODE) can be handled with `TeX classic', LaTeX2e + support is provided by the CJK package written by Werner Lemberg. + +1.2.1 Supporting TeX--XeT primitives for right to left typesetting + TeX--XeT is an existing extension to TeX supporting right-to-left + typesetting an producing a usual dvi-file. TeX--XeT is written by + P. Breitenlohner and freely available. It is different from TeX-XeT + (one hyphen only). Allthough TeX will be frozen at version $\pi$, + this is not true for TeX--XeT. (see also 9.2) + +1.3. New Look and Feel + +1.3.0 General + Windows support, wysiwyg-like features + +1.3.1 Interaction with the operating system and other programmes + see 2.2. \system + +1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm + Replace the (IMHO over-)optimized ligature builder/kerning routines in + TeX by routines which separate between the building of ligatures and + the insertion of kerns between the characters/ligatures. + + This can be realized in a simple way by using two passes: in the + first pass the ligatures are built and in the second pass the + resulting ligatures and remaining single characters are used to + determine the necessary kerns. + + To ensure compatibility between e-TeX and TeX, it will be possible to + switch between the new and the current behaviour. + + Additionally a flag in the TFM file of each font can be used to + specify which behaviour is to be used for the font. This ensures that + "old" fonts with some tricky ligature/kerning programs depending on + the old behaviour can still be used with e-TeX. (I don't know if this + font dependent switching is really necessary. Comments, please!!) + + Example: + + A font contains the following ligatures and kerns: + + o " => ligature (o") (= \"{o}) + V o => kern(-smallkern) + V lig(o") => nothing + + Input: V o " + Output of current TeX: V kern(-smallkern) ligature(o") + Output with change: V ligature(o") + + Status: + + Bernd Raichle has written a simple, but running reimplementation of TeX's + ligature/kerning routine (in CommonLisp), which still waits to be + rewritten as a TeX.web change file. + The ligature builder/kerning routine is realized in one pass; kerns + are introduced in a delayed manner, i.e., after we are sure that + there's no possibility for a ligature. + Additionally there's a switch between the current TeX and the new + behaviour. (The TRIP test fails with the new behaviour.) + +PS: IMHO the ligature/kerning routines should be further changed to + remove the `shelf{}ful' anomaly (see TeXbook, exercise 5.1), i.e., + reinserting ligatures when words are hyphenated. + The change should allow ligatures for inputs like `f{}f' or + `f\relax f', which will simplify the macros in `german.sty', + Babel and changed macros for \", \', ... which are used to select + characters from DC fonts or other fonts with national characters. + +1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file (Nov 94) + I want to have TeX ready in the memory and avoid loading it anew and anew + for each run again which costs lots of startup time, if you have to load + every file via NFSS. + The idea I am toying with is to have something like + \level + which clones the current state of TeX and allows to start a new dvi-file. + Then you do anything you want (start even another \level) and at last you say + \exit + which performes like \end, except that it restores exactly the state before + the last cloning. + To communicate some information to the waiting lion, there may be one + exeption. You say + \exit{some_integer_number} + and this number can be read by using + \exitstatus. + Applications are many. If you have a format which usually requires several + runs, you can do all the runs within one job, and automatically decide, + whether a further run is necessary. Of course, you should device your format + to have a counter maxruns to avoid endless looping... + +1.6. Anchors (Nov 94) + Proposed by Jiri, an ``anchor point'' would be in some senses + be analogous to a mark, but rather than recording textual information it + would instead record the co-ordinates of itself, relative to the reference + point of the smallest surrounding box. Additional new primitives would + be required to return the co-ordinates of a specified anchor point. + +1.7. dump/restore mechanism + I'd suggest something much simpler, but also more general: Include \dump in + all versions of TeX. The initex/virtex distinction is simply not worth the + bother of retaining any more - the memory differences are trivial in modern + terms. \dump should ideally also be extended to allow dumping from inside of + a group. + Once you do this, it becomes possible to write programs to analyze format + files. Since the analysis programs would not be part of TeX proper, they can + be as elaborate as anyone might want to make them. Sorting would be no + problem, for example. + None of this would cost anything in TeX itself, and except for the ability + to \dump inside a group, if added, would not even have an effect on whether + the resulting E-TeX is properly "TeX", since it would be invisible to any + possible trip test. + +2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives) + +2.0. General (Jun 92, Jul 92, Aug 93, Nov 94) + A rather long list of proposed primitives (more or less worked out) was + posted by Karl Berry on 10-Jun-1992. It contains suggestions like: + \elseif (selfexplaining), \format{foo} (allow the author to select a format), + \host{name} \host{os} \host{type} \getenv to extract host information + \TeXversion, \usertime, \everyeof, and others. + + It is currently not possible to get some information about the current + mode of TeX and make conditionals dependent on it and/or restore it after + some action (see 2.7. \interactionmode). More of this kind are a + conditional or primitive to signal, when TeX is in "expand only" mode + (\edef, \mark, \write, ...), when TeX is scanning numbers (here I'm + thinking---and hating---german.sty's active doublequote, which can also + be used as a marker for hexadecimal numbers), when TeX is peeking for + some special tokens (first column in an \halign), etc... + + A list of new primitives, enhancements and extensions has been prepared + on the NTS meeting at Lindau in October 1994. It was posted to this list in + November 1994 and provoked plenty of discussions and additional suggestions. + Under the discussed primitves were \bind, \contents<box#>, \futuredef, + \ifdefined, \ifcsname ... \endcsname, \unless, \OSname, \defaultextension. + +2.1. \lastmark etc. (Jun 92, Jul 92) + Currently you cannot remove a \write or \mark or + \insert or rule from any list at all. If we allow them to removed, how + will the commands appear to the user? If we have \lastmark like + \lastbox, then perhaps we need a mark data type so that we can say something + like \setmark0=\lastmark. It will probably be difficult + in the case of \insert's to think of a good command syntax. + + Perhaps \lastpenalty, \lastkern, \lastskip should + remove the penalty, kern, skip, ... so that they are consistent with + \lastbox. Then \unpenalty, \unkern, and \unskip would be unnecessary. + (Of course most macro packages would probably want to reimplement them, + as macros: \def\unpenalty{\count@\lastpenalty}, + \def\unkern{\dimen@\lastkern}, \def\unskip{\skip@\lastskip}.) + +2.2. \system (Mar 93) + +2.2.0 General + Oops, this got rather longish, but this topic has caused plenty of traffic. + I decided to quote directly the positions of both sides. The subpoints are + 1. Pro 2. Contra 3. Syntax + +2.2.1 Pro + First comes the proposal as formulated by Phil Taylor: + + There has been much discussion on how a \system primitive might interact + with different operating systems, each with different functionality and a + different syntax. My idea was to extend the concept of a `TeX + implementation', which at the moment implies the creation and application + of a change-file to the master TeX source, to include an implementation- + specific macro library. Thus each implementor, as well as creating and + applying a change file, would also be responsible for mapping a well-defined + set of macros, through the \system primitive, to the syntax and + functionality of the operating system for which he or she has assumed + responsibility. To cite a specific example: + + Assume that in e-Lib (a hypothetical macro library to accompany e-TeX), + a macro \sys$delete_file {<parameters>} is partially defined; then each + implementor would be responsible for mapping \sys$delete_file {<parameters}> + to his or her own implementation of \system. e-Lib would define the effect + and the result(s), \system would provide the interface, and the implementor + would be responsible for providing the mapping. + + The question has been asked: ``Why via \system and macros? Why not via + explicit primitives to carry out the various functions that are envisaged?'' + + To which I would suggest that the answer is ``Because `the various functions + which are envisaged' is both enormous (requiring many new primitives), and + yet not large enough (because no matter what functionality we posit, someone + will come up with an idea that has not been considered).'' By implementing + just one \system primitive, and an extensible e-Lib macro library, one can + create a robust and well-tested e-TeX whilst allowing new system interactions + to be added at the simplest points: through the implementation-independent + and implementation-specific components of e-Lib. + +2.2.2 Contra + And here's from the ``Minority Report'' (Tim Murphy and J"org Knappen) + + May I recall the immortal words of Ken Thompson, + "A program should do one thing, and do it well." (TM) + + I don't like the hackers to decide, making eTeX yet another programme from + which I can send e-mail and read news :-) Maybe people will tell me eTeX is + a fine operating system, but TeX version $\pi$ is the better typesetter :-) + + But there is another side of \system, I want to call it the monstrosity + side. Many people are thinking now, that TeX is a monster and difficult to + tame. \system will add to this monstrosity. It will create a new paradise + for hackers creating system hacks. And it will make people turn away from + eTeX and use other products, even if they are far less secure. (JK) + +2.2.3 Syntax + If a \system command is required, should it not have a similar syntax + and semantics to the a similar TeX command. I can't think of anything + else in TeX (prepares to be shown wrong) that expands in the mouth and + has side-effects. Should it not be like \read, \write etc. that is it + generates a whatsit that is obeyed at shipout, unless preceded by an + \immediate, in which case it is done immediately by the stomach. + There seem to be two obvious syntaxes, one like \write: + \system{foo} or \immediate\system{foo} + and one like \read: + \system{foo} to \baz or \immediate\system{foo} to \baz + The latter one would produce the exit code into \baz. Should this be + done with catcode 12 characters, or should it be done like \read, with + the current catcodes? + +2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit + see section 1.1.1 + +2.4. \directioncode (May 1993) + A \directioncode (with syntax analogous to \uccode, \lccode, sfcode) to be + assigned to each input character. The basic ones are + 0 -- transparent (space, full stop...) + 1 -- left-to-right (latin letters, digits...) + 2 -- right-to-left (hebrew letters, arab letters...), + a truly international NTS will also have codes for vertical typesetting + and some special cases. + + The question is how to use this idea consistently. One could extend the + notion of TeX's modes. Horizontal mode is in fact left-to-right mode, a + right-to-left mode is missing. To be complete, this mode will be equipped + with boxen and all the stuff TeX's left-to-right (aka horizontal) mode has. + + At the beginning of a paragraph NTS decides which mode to choose by the + \directioncode of the first input character. Sometimes the first character + will have the wrong code, in this case the insertion of an explicit + control sequence (like \lrbox{}) is necessary. If a character with another + directioncode occurs, NTS starts a \rlbox and finishes it as soon as a + character with the original \directioncode appears or at the end of the + paragraph. + + For the building of right-to-left tables a \rlalign is needed. + +2.5. \textcode (Sep 93, Nov 93) + Some of the character coding discussions in the Technical Working + Group on Multiple Language Coordination and some experiences I've made + with `german.sty' (specially the problems with an active doublequote + and hex integer constants!) lead to this _incomplete_ proposal/idea + for the following addition: + Introduce something like + \textcode (and \textchar & \textchardef) + which are the text (hmode) equivalent of TeX's \mathcode (and + \mathchar/\mathchardef) primitives. + + With an equivalent and appropriate implemented \textcode primitive + (with the choice to define a character as "pseudo-active"), it would + be possible to + * relate characters to different fonts + (using a generalized `fam' of \mathcode) + + * suppress expansion of active characters (it will only be + expanded, if it is read to form the hlist) + (using an equivalent \mathcode="8000 value) + [This point allows the use of e.g. a pseudo-active " + which expands to non-expandable tokens and it removes + the special construct \relax\ifmmode... for active + characters, too.] + +2.6. \afterfi (August 1993) + In the answer to an exercise of the ``Around the Bend'' series, Michael Downes + realised the non-existence of an \afterfi primitive (Note: He did not + demand it nor really miss it). Perhaps an \afterfi can + simplify some obscure mouth-only macros with nested conditionals??? + \afterfi should be expandable, because \if...\fi is expandable. + +2.7. \interactionmode (Nov 93, was: \currentinteractionmode) + Add a new count register \interactionmode, which reflects the user + interaction level with the following values: + <= 0 batch_mode + = 1 nonstop_mode + = 2 scroll_mode + >= 3 error_stop_mode + + The commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode, the "options" 'Q', 'R', 'S' + in the interactive error routine and all other TeX internal + interaction level changes (e.g. after an interruption) access this new + register. The level changes in the interactive error routine and the + old commands should always work, even if the symbol \interactionmode is + redefined (this means that the user can redefine \interactionmode, but the + commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode still work). + + Examples: + + \ifnum\interactionmode<1 \AskUser \else \UseDefault \fi + + {\interactionmode=0 % switch to \batchmode + \global\font\test=xyz10 % try to load font + }% % restore former interaction level + % ... now test if font has been loaded + % without error (i.e. != nullfont) + +2.8. \mathspacing (Nov 93) + Add a new count register array \mathspacing with 64 entries (we really + need only 64-8=56 entries, because some of them are never used, but to + simplify things 64 are used) with the following syntax: + + \mathspacing <num1>=<num2> % 0 <= <num1> <= 63 + + The spacing specified in number <num2> is inserted between the two + math atom types specified in number <num1>. The two numbers are coded + as + + <num1> = <left_atom_type> * 8 + <right_atom_type> + <num2> = ( (<display_spacing> * 256 + <text_spacing>) * 256 + + <script_spacing> ) * 256 + <scriptscript_spacing> + + This means that <num1> is easily expressed in octal and <num2> in + hexadecimal notation. + + <..._atom_type> is one of the following seven types: + + 0 ordinary 1 large operator + 2 binary operation 3 relation + 4 opening 5 closing + 6 punctuation 7 delimited subformula + + <..._spacing> can be specified separately for each of the four math + styles (display, text, script and scriptscript) with the following + values: + + 0 no space + 1 thin space (specified by \thinmuskip) + 2 medium space ( -- " -- \medmuskip) + 3 thick space ( -- " -- \thickmuskip) + + 4-255 reserved for other things + (e.g. other spacings and/or additional penalties, + like \relpenalty, \binoppenalty, ...) + + For more information see TeXbook, pp. 170f & Appendix G and TeX--The + Program, \S 764ff. + + Examples: (using TeX's standard spacing) + + Between an `ordinary' (= 0) and a `relation' (= 3) atom a thick + space (= 3) is inserted, but not in script or scriptscript style. + + \mathspacing '03 = "0033 + + Between a large operator (= 1) and an ordinary (= 0) atom a thin + space (= 1) is inserted: + + \mathspacing '10 = "1111 + + Necessary changes for the sketched proposal are very simple to + implement. + The syntax of \mathspacing is awful, but this is true for \mathcode, + \delimitercode, etc.etc., too. + +2.9. \inputescapechar (Nov 93, alternative names were proposed during + discussion) + Use two new internal count registers \inputescapechar and + \outputescapechar to specify the "escape" character to be used for + unprintable characters. + If \inputescapechar is not in [0..255], TeX's behaviour is used, + i.e., two equal characters with category 7 are used as a prefix for a + ~~x notated character, otherwise two characters with code + \inputescapechar are used for this prefix. + If \outputescapechar is not in [0..255], the character `~' is used + when an unprintable character has to be written. + + The default values of these two registers are + \inputescapechar = -1 + \outputescapechar = `~ + to be compatible with TeX's standard behaviour. + +2.10. \middle (Jan 94) + Generalize the syntax of \left<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter> + to allow one or more optional \middle delimiters, + \left<delimiter> <formula> \middle<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>. + + The middle delimiter grows to the same height as the left and right ones. + Constructions of this kind are used throughout quantum mechanics (Dirac + notation), e.g. + $$ + \left\langle A \middle% \hat{O} \middle% B \right\rangle + $$ + By default, the \middle element is \mathrel, you can make it + \mathord by embracing it {\middle %}. + + +2.11. \outputunit (Dec 93) + \outputunit unit to be used when e-TeX shows some dimen or glue + value + Usage: \outputunit=<unit of measure> (s. TeXbook p. 270) + Rationale: + + Currently TeX forces the user to think in points when it outputs any + dimen or glue value (e.g. when issueing an overfull hbox warning). + But a program should adapt to the conventions of the user instead the + other way round. The addition of \outputunit whould make TeX much + more user-friendly, since only a few people are thinking in points. + +2.12. \protected (new prefix for macro definitions) (Nov 94) + Analogous to \long, \outer, etc., causes the associated macro to be + non-expanding in contexts where such behaviour is likely to be undesirable + (in particular in \writes and \edefs); an explicit \expandafter \empty + may be used to force expansion in these circumstances. + +2.13. \scantokens (Nov 94) + Allows an existing token-list to be re-input under a different catcode regime + from that under which it was created; as it uses all of TeX's present \input + mechanism, even %%ff notation will be interpreted as if \input. Causes an + `empty filename' to be input, resulting in `( )' appearing in the log file + if \tracingscantokens (q.v.) is strictly greater than zero. If the token + list represents more than one line of input, and if an error occurs, then + \inputlinenumber will reflect the logical input line from the token list + rather than the current input line number from the current file. + +2.14. \deferred (Nov 94) + At the moment, only \writes are deferred; there are cases when it would + be desirable for other things, too, to be expanded only during \shipout, + and \specials are one of these. (See also 2.2.3) + +2.15. \everyeof {<balanced text>} + Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be + inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered + during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated + logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil + to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires + a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a + file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed. + +2.16. \readline <integer> to <cs> (Nov 94) + Allows a single line to be read from an input file as if each character + therein had catcode 12. Intended to be used for verbatim copying + operations, in conjunction with \scantokens, or to allow error-free parsing + of `foreign' (non-TeX) files. + +2.17. \evaluate {<arithmetic expression>} (Nov 94) + Intended for use on the r-h-s of \count, \dimen and \skip assignments, + it would allow the use of infix arithmetic operators such as +, -, * and /; + the type of the result would, in general, be the type of the simplest operand + forming a part of the expression, and the normal semantics of TeX would allow + this to be further coerced where necessary. Parenthesised sub-expressions + would be allowed. + + Additional operations were proposed: trigonometric functions, square + root, pythagorean addition (METAFONT's `++'), angle{<delta_x, delta_y>}. + +2.18. \ifevaluate{<boolean expression>}....\else....\fi (Nov 94) + The boolean expression should allow for the usual operators like + .not., .and., .or., .xor., =, >, <, <=, etc., if feasable it should also + allow the evaluation of arithmetic expressions. Some functions are needed + to get information old TeX \if's know now, I propose the name + \query<whatever> to these functions. + + At the moment I see need for the following \query<whatever> functions: + \queryeof returns `1' if eof, `0' else + \querymode returns `0' in the infamous `no mode' (do we need to + differentiate finer here? + `1' in vertical mode + `2' in restricted vertical mode + `3' in horizontal mode + `4' in restricted horizontal mode + `5' in math mode + `6' in restricted math mode + With \querymode \ifmmode, \ifhmode, \ifvmode, and \ifinner can be emulated. + \querydefined{\cs} `1' if defined, `0' else + \querycsname...\endcsname (ditto) + +2.19. \everyeof {<balanced text>} + Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be + inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered + during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated + logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil + to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires + a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a + file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed. + +2.20. \fancyprompt + allow configuration of the TeX prompt (default `*'), e.g. + *\fancyprompt{eTeX>} + eTeX> + +3. Metaremarks + +3.0. General + Remarks about group efforts vs. one person creating software (Mar 93), + ALGOL 68 as a warning example + +3.1. TeX is not perfect (Jun 92, Jul 92) + The discussion has taken place in June and July 1992. Several details were + worked out, where TeX could be improved. Another point of criticism was + the programming language of TeX in general, several participants prefer a + procedural language over a macro language. + +3.2. In which language shall NTS be written (Mar 93) + In 1992, there was much discussion, in which language an NTS should be + implemented (candidates were LISP, C, and WEB). This has settled in March + 1993 (to PASCAL-WEB), because of the acceptance of the + idea that rather than wait for an ``all-singing, all dancing'' NTS, the + group should develop, in a stepwise manner, small but significant + enhancements to TeX. This implies that the enhancements are implemented as + change files in WEB. + +3.3. The TeX language (Oct/Nov 93) + The TeX language is a simple language in the sense, that it contains only + few concepts. It belongs to the Lisp family. In particular, it's a + list-based macro language with late binding. Actually, that's all one + needs to say to characterize it. + Its data constructs are simpler than in Common Lisp: `token list' is the + only first order type. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc., are engine + concepts; instances of them are described by token lists. + Its lexical analzsis is simpler than CL: One cannot program + it. One can only configure it. + Its control constructs are simpler than in CL: Only macros, no + functions. And the macros are only simple ones, one can't compute + in them. + +3.4. The TeX engine (Oct/Nov 93) + The TeX engine lies below the TeX language. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc. + belong to the TeX engine. The registers of the engine can be changed + by TeX's primitives. However, the latter seem to be quite unregular and + baroque. + +3.5. Extensions and Enhancements (Nov 94) + `Extensions' are basically new primitives which have no effect on the + semantics of existing TeX documents, except insofaras any document which + tests whether such a primitive is, in fact, undefined, will clearly obtain + opposite results under TeX and e-TeX; `enhancements' are more fundamental + changes to the TeX kernel which may affect the semantics of existing TeX + documents even if no new primitive is used or even tested. Such changes + may be, for example, differences in the construction of TeX's internal + lists, or perhaps different hyphenation or ligaturing behaviour. + +4. Deviations + +4.0. General + (empty) + +4.1. Automated Kerning (Oct 92) + Kindersley's "optical kerning": for the purposes of + kerning, each character is replaced by a circle centred on the centre of + gravity of that character; the radius of the circle is determined by the + fourth moment of the character (that is, the fourth root of the sum over + all black pixels of the fourth power of their distance from the centre). On + the UKTUG trip to Kindersley's studio, I tried to extract the reason why + the fourth, as opposed to third or fifth or whatever, moment is used; the + reason is apparently that it "looks right". + + We can construct elaborate schemes for kerning (Kindersley's fourth + moments, FontStudio's (convex?) envelopes, Calamus' eight widths, etc), but + the proof of the typographical pudding is in the eating of the resulting + words, so to speak. + +4.2 About Lout (June 1993) + In June 1993, the new system Basser Lout caused several questions and + suggestions on this list. The following is taken from a short review + of Lout by Bernd Raichle: + + `Lout' is a (yet another) document formatting system, released under + the terms of the GNU General Public License and available on some ftp + servers. + + IMHO it's more like a `troff' (with a better input language and some + newer concepts) than a `TeX'. + + A few citations from the documentation of lout: + + Lout is a high-level language for document formatting, designed and + implemented by the author. The implementation, known as Basser + Lout, is a fully operational production version written in C for the + Unix operating system, which translates Lout source code into + PostScript, a device-independent graphics rendering language + accepted by many high-resolution output devices, including most + laser printers. + [...] + When expert users can implement such applications quickly, + non-experts benefit. Although Lout itself provides only a small + kernel of carefully chosen primitives, + + Lout has 23 primitive operators... missing, for example, the simplest + arithmetical operators (there is only the operator "@Next" which + increases a number by one). + + packages written in Lout and distributed with Basser Lout provide an + unprecedented array of advanced features in a form accessible to + non-expert users. The features include rotation and scaling, fonts, + + These features are mostly based on the output language... Postscript + (if you are looking inside a Lout package, you find large portions of + embedded Postscript code). + + paragraph and page breaking, + + TeX does a better job for these two items, because Lout is missing + most of TeX's paragraph/page breaking parameters. (Note: Lout uses + TeX's hyphenation algorithm and the hyphenation patterns.) + + displays and lists, floating figures and tables, footnotes, chapters + and sections (automatically numbered), running page headers and + footers, odd-even page layouts, automatically generated tables of + contents, sorted indexes and reference lists, bibliographic and + other databases (including databases of formats for printing + references), equations, tables, diagrams, formatting of Pascal + programs, and automatically maintained cross references. + + TeX's math setting abilities are better. Lout uses a package named + `eq' derived from the `eqn' preprocessor used with `troff'. And there + are other packages named `tab' (for tabulars) and `fig' (drawing + figures). + + [...] + Lout is organized around four key concepts -- objects, definitions, + galleys, and cross references -- [...] + + The concept of `galleys' and the "expansion" of recursive defintions + are IMHO the only new concept in Lout: + + `galleys' are a way to describe a page, dividing it in certain regions + which can be filled from different sources (e.g. a footnote galley is + filled with footnote text, etc.). + + Recursive definitions are very simple, e.g. + def @Leaders { .. @Leaders } + defines the command (Lout calls it `object') to "expand" to a `..' and + if there is place for another "expansion" it is called again. + + For example + \hbox to 4in{Chapter 7 \dotfill 53} + is in Lout + 4i @Wide { Chapter 7 @Leaders 53 } + + With this recursive definitions, a whole document is defined as a + @PageList consisting of a @Page and a @PageList with an incremented + @PageNum. A @Page is defined as a set of `galleys' (header, text + body, footnotes, footer), which are also defined as a list of + text/footnotes/... and so on. + + Perhaps others can add more impressions, mine are based on the + documentation coming with the Lout package and some tests done in + 1-2 hours. + +5. Proposed changes to METAFONT + +5.O. General + Most of the General points in the discussion of TeX also apply to METAFONT. + +5.1. Writing to auxiliary files + METAFONT should be able to write to auxiliary files. Desparately needed + for packages which allow to draw figures in METAFONT and label them in TeX + (BoF session at EuroTeX '92, Prague). + + +6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format + +6.1. Vertical kerning (Jun 92) + This may sound exotic to you, but the AFM format can do + it. And I desperately need it for non-Latin alphabets (everytime I need + a character in a ligature raised or lowered, I have to reserve a position + in the font for it). + +6.2. Cross-font ligatures (Jun 92) + Ligatures pointing to other fonts!! Yes, imagine for example that your + 256 chars are full, you could still access characters by ligatures...but + they have to be in the same font. + +7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format + +7.0. General + A longer discussion about colour inclusion into the dvi-file occured in + Oct/Nov 93. The outcome was, that high-quality colour handling is a difficult + and device dependent task, better left to the printer driver. Colour can be + handled by the \special command which is sent directly to the driver. + + On comp.text.tex I saw a remark, that specials may occur on places in the + dvi-file, where TeX can't put them. Maybe eTeX should take care of this + point. + +7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring (Nov 94) + Allow a glyph to be mirrored in a vertical axis, placed centrally; + mirrored in a horizontal axis, placed at half the x(?)-height. + + It was noted, that the specification of the axes might cause problems. + It was also noted, that several drivers understand specials for the + requested action. + +7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees (Nov 94) + This would greatly increase the power of vpl files (e.g. define schwa by + rotating e), and I hope that it would be possible for drivers to implement. + + It was noted, that this is fine, but rotation by 90 degrees cannot be + device independent, because there are printers with rectangular (non-square) + pixels. + +8. Additions to the TeX kit + +8.0. General + The TeX kit, meaning the bundle of programmes building up a complete TeX + installation, contains besides the major programmes TeX and METAFONT + additional programmes, traditionally divided into several groups: + + a) TeXware: dvitype, tftopl, pltotf, pooltype, pktype, patgen, vftovp, + vptovf, (outdated: pxtopk, pktopx) + b) MFware: mft, gftodvi, gftopk, gftype, (outdated: gftopxl) + c) webware: weave, tangle + + And, of course, drivers for the screens and printers. + + Other utility programmes more loosely associated with TeX are indexers + (makeindex, idxtex, glotex, ...) and bibliography tools (bibtex, + bibclean, ...). Makeindex and Bibtex are standard tools, because they + are described in the LaTeX manuals. + + Another group includes drawing programmes (TeXCAD, xfig, gnuplot, ...) to + create graphics to be imported to TeX documents and graphics converters + (ghostscript, xv, bmt2font, ...). + +8.1. dvicopy + Written in WEB by Peter Breitenlohner + Available from CTAN + Resolves all references to virtual fonts in a dvi file. Can be used to + create a dvi file without virtual fonts (e.g. for drivers which cannot + handle vf's). + +8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv + Written in C by Geoffrey Tobin + Available on request from the author + dv2dp makes a human readable file from a dvi file. The companion + programme dp2dv makes a dvi file frome a dvi property list file. + It allows you to change dvi files with a text editor. + +8.3. gftotxt + Written in C by Yannis Haralambous + Available ? + Extracts a certain kind of specials from the gf file into a text file. + Workaround for the famous non-ability of METAFONT to write auxiliary + files. + +8.4. qdtexvpl + Written by Eberhard Mattes + Available from the CTAN archives + Generates a virtual font from TeX macros. qd = quick and dirty. + +8.5. fontinst + Written in TeX by Alan Jeffrey + Available form CTAN + Makes virtual fonts from afm files (PostScript fonts). Used by the LaTeX + team to create virtual fonts and fd files for LaTeX2e. + +8.6. afmtotfm + Written in C by Thomas Rokicki + Available from CTAN (part of dvips distribution) + Makes tfm files from afm files. + +8.7. dvipaste + Part of LAMSTeX (Michael Spivak) + Allows to paste a dvi-file into another one. + +8.8. METAPOST + Written in Web by John Hobby + Now freely available from the CTAN + A tool to build graphics to be included in TeX documents, uses a METAFONT + style language. + +8.9. Tie + Written by Klaus Gunthermann + Available from CTAN + Allows to process multiple change files to a given Web source. A tool + of this kind is needed to build any eTeX distribution, since one has + tex.web, etex.ch, tex.ch-system, and etex.ch-system files to deal with. + +8.10. dvi2dvi + Available from CTAN + Postprocessor for dvi files, allowing e.g. 2-up or 4-up layout of full + pages. + +9. Existing extensions to TeX + +9.0 General + Here I include short description of existing extensions to TeX. This section + does not include commercial TeX implementations because of lack of solid + enough information on them. It also does not yet include ETeX, NTS, nor + Omega. + +9.1. TeX-XeT (Don Knuth and Pierre MacKay) + CTAN: tex-archive/systems/knuth + Adds new primitives \beginR, \endR, \beginL, and \endL for right to left + typesetting. Despite their names, the new primitives are insensitive to + TeX's grouping mechanism. Outputs a special file in dvi-ivd format, which + need be resolved by another programme or requires special drivers. + +9.2. TeX--XeT (Peter Breitenlohner) + Available from CTAN tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex--xet + Implements the same primitives as TeX-XeT, but outputs a normal dvi file. + Passes the trip test (as far as I know). + +9.3. MLTeX (Michael Ferguson) + Available from aldebaran.ee.mcgill.ca in pub/mltex + Adds a primitive \charsubdef, which allows the following: input of 8-bit + characters, participation of accented characters not present in the output + encoding in hyphenation, ligatures and kerning with accented letters. + Especially popular in francophone countries. + emTeX supports MLTeX via the /ml option. + +9.4. SiSiSi (Wilhelm Barth, Heinrich Nirschl, Heini Hofstaedter und Harald + Mueller) + Available from CTAN: tex-archive/systems/vms (sic!) + Implements another hyphenation algorithm (the name means SIchere + SInnentsprechende SIlbentrennung, which is translated `secure sensitive + hyphenation') specific to the german language (with Haupt- und + Nebentrennstellen). Fails the trip test, therefore not a legitimate TeX. + In use at TU Wien (Austria). + +9.5. Japanese TeX + [in preparation] + +The End. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a8c780047e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +$Id: //depot/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books#1 $ $Date: 2004/10/28 $ $Author: karl $ + +Bibliography entries for the various published books here. +The files here contain examples only, not the full text of the books, +with the exception of "Making TeX Work" and "TeX for the Impatient". + +BiBTeX entries taken from ./texmf/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib. + +The complete sources to the following books are available on the web +(under varying licensing conditions, precluding republishing except +where noted). + + The TeXbook, by Donald Knuth + http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex/texbook.tex + (source only) + + The Metafontbook, by Donald Knuth + http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/mf/mfbook.tex + (source only) + + TeX by Topic, A TeXnician's reference, by Victor Eijkhout + http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/ + (pdf only) + + TeX for the Impatient, by Paul Abrahams, Kathryn Hargreaves, Karl Berry + ftp://tug.org/tex/impatient/ + (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License) + + Making TeX Work, by Norman Walsh + http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/ + (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License) + +For a list of tutorials, references, and other assorted items available +on the web, see http://tug.org/interest.html. + + + +@Book{Mittelbach:2004:LC, + author = "Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes + Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley", + title = "The {\LaTeX} Companion", + publisher = pub-AW, + address = pub-AW:adr, + edition = "Second", + pages = "????", + year = "2004", + ISBN = "0-201-36299-6", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 2004", + bibdate = "Sat Apr 10 14:19:47 2004", + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, +} + +@Book{Kopka:2003:GLD, + author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly", + title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for + Beginners and Advanced Users", + publisher = pub-AW, + address = pub-AW:adr, + edition = "Fourth", + year = "2003", +} + +@Book{Kopka:1994:LBE, + author = "Helmut Kopka", + title = "{\LaTeX} Band 1: Einf{\"u}hrung", + publisher = pub-AWV, + address = pub-AWV:adr, + pages = "xix + 428", + year = "1994", + ISBN = "3-89319-664-1", + bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 14:25:32 MET 1994", + note = "Replaces the old series of two volumes.", + acknowledgement = ack-rz, +} + +@Book{Goossens:1997:LGC, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank + Mittelbach", + title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: Illustrating + Documents with {\TeX} and {PostScript}", + publisher = pub-AW, + address = pub-AW:adr, + pages = "xxi + 554", + year = "1997", + ISBN = "0-201-85469-4", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997", + bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997", + price = "US\$39.75", + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "LaTeX (Computer file); Computerized typesetting.; + PostScript (Computer program language); Scientific + illustration -- Computer programs.; Mathematics + printing -- Computer programs.; Technical publishing -- + Computer programs.", +} + +@Book{Goossens:1999:LWC, + author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz", + title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: integrating {\TeX}, + {HTML}, and {XML}", + publisher = pub-AW-LONGMAN, + address = pub-AW-LONGMAN:adr, + pages = "xxii + 522", + year = "1999", + ISBN = "0-201-43311-7", + LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999", + bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:32:08 1999", + note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S. + Sutor.", + price = "US\$36.95", + series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, +} + +@Book{Walsh:1994:MTW, + author = "Norman Walsh", + title = "Making {\TeX} Work", + publisher = pub-ORA, + address = pub-ORA:adr, + pages = "xxxvi + 483", + year = "1994", + ISBN = "1-56592-051-1", + bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994", + price = "US\$29.95", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, +} + +@Book{Graetzer:2000:ML, + author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer", + title = "Math into {\LaTeX}", + publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER # " and " # pub-SV, + address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr # " and " # pub-SV:adr, + edition = "Third", + pages = "xxv + 584", + year = "2000", + ISBN = "0-8176-4131-9, 3-7643-4131-9", + LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000", + bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001", + price = "US\$49.95", + acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, + keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur); + Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; Computerized + typesetting; Mathematiques -- Impression -- Logiciels; + Composition automatique (Industries graphiques)", +} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ffef9e88d34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index @@ -0,0 +1,11553 @@ +======================================================================= + @ASCII-file{ + filename = "TeX-index", + version = "1.06", + date = "22 December 1992", + time = "18:29:27 EST", + author = "David M. Jones", + address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science + Room NE43-316 + 545 Technology Square + Cambridge, MA 02139 + USA", + telephone = "(617) 253-5936", + FAX = "(617) 253-3480", + checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136", + email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)", + codetable = "ISO/ASCII", + keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros", + supported = "yes", + docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent + version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in + the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt. + + Copies can also be obtained from the following + locations: + + ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt + ftp.th-darmstadt.de: + pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z] + ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index + ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index + ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt + + ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z + ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index + ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z + + The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in + 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index + + The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as + the first value, followed by the equivalent of the + standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines, + words, and characters. This is produced by Robert + Solovay's checksum utility.", + } +======================================================================== + A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS + +INTRODUCTION + +This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that +are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar +mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full +Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor. + +In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards +the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have +been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a +significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen +far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston +archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these +shortcomings in the near future. + +In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more +specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com +is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX, +AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the +home of all official Springer-Verlag macros. + +Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose +programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the +purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E. +Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and +other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list +[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3]. + +Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following +functions: + +Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the + file containing it. + +Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package + does. + +Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose + macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of + keywords can be found at the end of the file. + +Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever + known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk. + This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is + given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives. + When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of + macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete + information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the + end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as + the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name + of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full + listing for it below. + +Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of + the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have + been normalized to little-endian order. + +Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is + different from the address(es) listed in the Author field. + Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used + for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being + maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug + reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu. + +Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of + the package. + +Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the + author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package. + Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not + promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only + promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report. + In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any + improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only + want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will + not necessarily answer bug reports. + +See also: A list of other packages with similar features. + +Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent. + +Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors +and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to +indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working +to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate +hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would +especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries +for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the +task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather +than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll +attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it +might take me some time to do so. + +Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the +information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few +cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors +supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits. + +I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version +of the Catalogue and commenting on it: + +Ravinder Bhumbla +David Carlisle +Steve Fisk +Graham O'Neil +Eric Schenk +Dave Steiner +Dominik Wujastyk + +They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions. +Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing +all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will +be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue. + +My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping +me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering +numerous questions. + +Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant +support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this +project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions. + +David. + +REFERENCES + +[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R. +E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and +comp.fonts. + +[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly]. +Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on +most of the major TeX archives. + +[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted +monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from +cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement. + +=========================================================================== +The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package. +I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the +list of headings: + +%%Section 1: AMS-TEX +%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files +%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles +%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files +%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX +%%Section 3: EPLAIN +%%Section 4: FOILTEX +%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files +%%Section 5: INRSTEX +%%Section 6: LATEX +%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles +%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options +%%Section 6.1.3: Other +%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files +%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme +%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files +%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros +%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project +%%Section 6.5: REVTeX +%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles +%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options +%%Section 6.8: Other +%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX +%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX +%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX +%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros +%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX +%%Section 9: SLITEX +%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution +%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files +%%Section 10: PHYSE +%%Section 11: PHYZZX +%%Section 12: TEXT1 +%%Section 13: TEXSIS +%%Section 14: YTEX +%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS +%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros +%%Section 15.2: PicTeX +%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX +%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS +%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES +%%Section 19: OTHER + +LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES + +GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS + +APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT + +COMING ATTRACTIONS +*************************************************************************** + +%%Section 1: AMS-TEX + +%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: amstex.tex +Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for + simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material. + AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding + support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, math +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide + (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex). +See also: AMS-LaTeX + +Name: amsppt.sty (.doc) +Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amsppt1.tex + +Name: amsppt1.tex +Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between + amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amsppt.sty + +Name: amssym.tex +Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol + fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be + used with amssym.def (q.v.). +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart +See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty + + +%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files + +%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles + +Name: amamult.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting + multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book, + multi-author, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jun 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an + example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file. +See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: amstexsiam.sty +Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for + SIAM journals. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article +Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold + <dna@emmy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990 +Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex) +Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex) + and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with + version 2.0 of AMS-TeX. +See also: siam.sty + +Name: imappt.sty +Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics + and its Applications for typesetting its preprints. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style +Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold + <dna@emmy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* +Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex) + and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with + version 2.0 of AMS-TeX??? + +Name: jfpppt.sty +Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to + mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP). +Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] + +Name: jnsams.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 July 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example + file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file. +See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm + +Name: lncs.sty +Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to + Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style, + camera-ready +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] + +Name: osudeG.sty +Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio + State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited + distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities + (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography + with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX + and AMS-TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous + contributions by Walter.D. Neumann. +Supported: yes +First Version: 1990 +Latest Version: July 1992 +Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files. +Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr* + [192.54.146.4] + + +%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files + +Name: pptfixes.tex +Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: review.sty +Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files. +Keywords: AMS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: xfixed.tex +Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: xppt.sty +Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1992 +Archives: aston +Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) + +Name: xppt.tex +Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible + styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references, + BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems + and captions. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + + +%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX + +Name: AMS-LaTeX +Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the + AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX + with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It + is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for + LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex), + and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex). +See also: AMS-TeX + +Name: amsart.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amsbook.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amsbsy.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math + symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by + simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: amscd.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative + diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: amsfonts.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the + AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define + control sequences for all the individual characters (see + amssymb.sty). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold, + NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty +See also: amssymb.sty + +Name: amssymb.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the + symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty +See also: amsfonts.sty + +Name: amstex.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the + mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: amstext.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX + \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text + inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are + automatically scaled in sub/superscripts. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu +Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty + +Name: ctagsplt.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of + equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed + from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use) + to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: intlim.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on + integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: nonamelm.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and + superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the + right side in a displayed equation. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: nosumlim.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement + of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and + below to on the side. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: righttag.sty +Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement + of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu + + +%%Section 3: EPLAIN + +Name: eplain.tex +Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding + support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists, + verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column + output, footnotes and commutative diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs, + autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column +Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992 +Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu +Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files. +See also: btxmac.tex + +Name: arrow.tex +Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, eplain +Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992 +Archives: umb* + +Name: Card.tex +Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate +Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117] +Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips. + + +%%Section 4: FOILTEX + +Name: FoilTeX +Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other + files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is + fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural + differences. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual + (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)). +See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex + +%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: fltplain.tex +Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: fltfonts.tex +Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format + fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: foils.sty +Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format + fltplain.fmt. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil17.sty +Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil20.sty +Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil25.sty +Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty + +Name: foil30.sty +Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty + +Name: foildoc.tex +Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: foilfont.tex +Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX + +Name: sampfoil.tex +Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section) + +%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files + +Name: PSFonts.sty +Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX + and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX +Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included + with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with + Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use + these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the + OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of + the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty, + chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty. + +Name: amssymbl.sty +Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or + LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty +Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the + OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since + LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose). + + +%%Section 5: INRSTEX + +Name: inrstex.tex +Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package, + including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from + the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment. +Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French +Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834 +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Aug 1991 +Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu + /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and + /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version. + + +%%Section 6: LATEX + +%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution + +%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles + +Name: article.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R. + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport. +See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, + artikel3.sty + +Name: book.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 92 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty + +Name: letter.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: brief.sty + +Name: report.sty (.doc) +Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty + + +%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options + +Name: art10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty + +Name: art11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty + +Name: art12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article + style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty + +Name: bezier.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic + Bezier curves. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Dec 85 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: bk10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty + +Name: bk11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty + +Name: bk12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty + +Name: fleqn.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math + environments flush left. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: ifthen.sty (.doc) +Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: leqno.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation + labels appear on the left. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: makeidx.sty (.doc) +Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an + index with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: openbib.sty (.doc) +Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block + of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines + in a block are indented by \bibindent. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: proc.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce camera-ready conference proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: rep10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty + +Name: rep11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty + +Name: rep12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, report +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty + +Name: showidx.sty (.doc) +Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or + report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: titlepag.sty (.doc) +Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment + each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document + style only. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: twocolum.sty (.doc) +Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + + +%%Section 6.1.3: Other + +Name: addendum.tex +Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all + errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991. +Keywords: LaTeX, manual +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: idx.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files. +Keywords: LaTeX, index +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lablst.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions. +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: latex.tex +Description: The main body of LaTeX macros. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lfonts.tex +Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: lplain.tex +Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: tryfonts.tex +Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes. +Keywords: LaTeX, fonts +Author: Leslie Lamport +Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files + +%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme + +Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS) +Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and + plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows + changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts + independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support + for a new font. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu +Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new, + basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and + preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in + the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex + and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX + interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font + selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank + Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989, + and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to + standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat + 11(2): 297--305, June 1990. + +Name: concrete.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used + in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren + Patashnik. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: dclfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under + the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston + +Name: euscript.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script + fonts (eusm and eusb). +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: excale.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the + math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu + +Name: lfonts.new +Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for + LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: margid.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font + Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such + as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would + produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would + produce an all-roman "text". +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: nomargid.sty + +Name: newlfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font + selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty + +Name: nomargid.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math + alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts + rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the + old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font + Selection Scheme (see margid.sty). +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: margid.sty + +Name: oldlfont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font + selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty + +Name: scripts.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros + for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode. + Requires the NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript +Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht + +Name: syntonly.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly + macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking + of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: tracefnt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts + macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer + Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files + +Name: array.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array + and tabular environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, array +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty. + +Name: doc.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with + code in LaTeX style files. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty + +Name: ftnright.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the + bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For + use with multicol.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: multicol.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple + columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in + the middle of a page. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu + +Name: newdoc.sty (.doc) +Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style + option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +See also: doc.sty + +Name: thb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thc.sty (.doc) +Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3 + Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3." +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thcb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with + theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and + "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: theorem.sty (.doc) +Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to + provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like + environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX. +See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty + +Name: thm.sty (.doc) +Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + Causes the number to be set in the left margin. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thmb.sty (.doc) +Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with + theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break" + (thb.sty) theorem styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: thp.sty (.doc) +Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. + This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: verbatim.sty +Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim* + environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for + ignoring large sections of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment +Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu + + +%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros + +Name: psnfss +Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font + Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated + by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual + fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the + standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for + scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the + x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for + building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use + most of the style files without building a new format file, as long + as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992 +Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts + as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman, + Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino, + Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf + Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida + math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A + documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also + numerous supporting files. +Archives: aston*, stuttgart + + +%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project + +Name: Babel +Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the + standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages. + It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of + language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution + includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc + (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug + reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains + installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch, + babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com, + latexhax.doc. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat + 12(2):291--301, June 1991. + +Name: catalan.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Catalan. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan +Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es> +Supported: Yes? +Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel + +Name: croatian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Croatian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with + russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is + meant for use with the cmcyr fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit + <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: czech.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in the Czech language. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: danish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Danish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: dutch.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Dutch. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: english.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in American or British English. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: esperanto.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Esperanto. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: finnish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Finnish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: francais.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in French. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: germanb.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty. + +Name: italian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Italian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht +Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno, + <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>. + +Name: magyar.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Hungarian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: norsk.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new + spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: portuges.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: romanian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Romanian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: russian.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.) + and the cmcyr fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: slovene.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Slovenian. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: spanish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Spanish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish +Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart, + aston, utrecht + +Name: swedish.sty (.doc) +Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for + typesetting in Swedish. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + + +%%Section 6.5: REVTeX + +Name: revtex.sty +Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing + manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical + Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review + Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.) +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston +Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual + (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and + smplec.tex). +See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty + +Name: aps.sty +Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with + REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: aps10.sty +Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to + produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: aps12.sty +Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to + produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher + style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa.sty +Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for + Optical Society of America (OSA) journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa10.sty +Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osa12.sty +Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: osabib.sty +Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the + format required by Optical Society of America journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prabib.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prbbib.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: prsty.bst +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +Name: version2.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style +Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston + +%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles + +Name: aaai.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the + Proceedings of AAAI-88. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The + most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to + macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". + +Name: abstr_collect.sty +Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be + collected together in one document. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: abstr_collect.tex + +Name: accarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE + American Control Conference. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart + +Name: acm.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 23 Apr 89 +Archives: +See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst + +Name: acmconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready + papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column +Author: Ken Traub +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988 +Archives: +See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty + +Name: acsarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in + accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances + in Control Systems. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 May 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: acs.bst + +%% Name: aimemo.sty + +Name: artikel1.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: artikel2.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: artikel3.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible + with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip + and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty + +Name: asaetr.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: automatica.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the + International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used + with ifac9.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex. + +Name: boek.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty, + rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty + +Name: bookform.sty +Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty +Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file, + bookform.tex. + +Name: brief.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex), + both in Dutch. +See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty, + rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, + letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: cea.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in + Agriculture Submissions. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This + requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu. +See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty + +Name: deproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings + articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column +Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 +Archives: ymir +Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex + +Name: elsevier.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles + according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher + style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] + +Name: fac.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag + journal Formal Aspects of Computing. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style +Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty. + +Name: farticle.sty +Description: French version of article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, french, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 May 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex + instead. + +Name: ifacarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the + Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control + (IFAC) published by Pergamon press. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and + sample.bib. +See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty + +Name: ijcarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to + the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Jun 91 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst + +Name: iso.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty. +See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty + +Name: jns.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing + camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an + example file, jnsl.dem. +See also: jnsams.cmm + +Name: laa.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing + articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics, + multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an + example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes + a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and + Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for + typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts. + +Name: laletter.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National + Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in + the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for + form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice + of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on + a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a + reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an + enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution + list. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter +Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual + (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were + described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, + December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). +See also: memo.sty + +Name: llncs.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing + camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, + multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an + example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file. + +Name: lmamult.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for + typesetting multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Dec 89 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an + example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file. +See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: ltugboat.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn + +Name: ltugproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, + the Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required. + +Name: manual.sty +Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports + page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always + produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on + right-hand pages). +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: memo.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National + Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the + LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of + Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter + typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for + a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval + line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a + distribution list. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript +Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual + (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were + described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, + December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). +See also: laletter.sty + +Name: memo.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for memos. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty +Note: extradefs.tex required + +Name: MEParticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical + Engineering Publications Limited. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Mar 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] + +Name: milstd.sty +Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex +Note: extradefs.tex required + +Name: mit-press-book.sty +Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style +Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Oct 86 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mtnsarticle.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of + Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex + +Name: nar.sty +Description: Modified article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Tom Schneider +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: paper.sty +Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing + college papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 28 Nov 89 +Archives: ymir* +Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty. + +Name: rapport1.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with + report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: voorwerk.sty + +Name: rapport3.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with + Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and + zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, + ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). +See also: voorwerk.sty + +Name: res.sty +Description: Resume document style for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, resume +Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 26 Sep 89 +Archives: ymir + +Name: siam.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir +See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst, + fixup.sty, numinsec.sty + +Name: spie.sty +Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for + producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992 +Archives: aston* + +Name: svlncs.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in + Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style +Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989 +Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty. + +Name: USCthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or + Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern + California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and + Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles'' + such as support for multi-volume documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent) + in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style. +See also: techreport.sty + +Name: ucthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc. + +Name: unixman.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, manpage +Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: manpage.sty + +Name: utdiss.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting + dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992 +Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file + (sampdiss.tex). + +Name: uw-thesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Jim Fox +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: xarticle.sty +Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty, + art8.sty, and art9.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Mar 88 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty + + +%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options + +Name: 9pt.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Patrick van der Smagt +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Apr 90 +Archives: ymir + +Name: 10pt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt. + Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is + is useful that 10pt works too. +Keywords: LaTeX, fonts +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: a4.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used + by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4 + standard. +Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M. + Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu +Note: Documented with doc.sty. +See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty + +Name: a4wide.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of + standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.) + instead.) +Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout +Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: Jul 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: a5.sty +Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left, + middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4. +Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes +See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty + +Name: a5comb.sty +Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and + right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound + documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4. +Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes +See also: a4.sty, a5.sty + +Name: acmproc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce ACM conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty + +Name: acronym.sty +Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including + use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage. +Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes +Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: ymir + +Name: add-wes.sty +Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley + house style. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready +Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989 +Archives: shsu + +Name: algorithm.sty +Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting + algorithms. +Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm +Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: ??? +Archives: shsu + +Name: answers.sty +Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint + which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be + output to \jobname.sol. +Keywords: LaTeX, solutions +Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: agugrl.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to + typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical + Research Letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 Jul 87 +Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex. +Archives: ymir* + +Name: agujgr.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to + typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of + Geophysical Research. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Jul 87 +Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex. +Archives: ymir* + +Name: aip.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for + American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: alleqno.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations + numbered by default. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering +Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: alltt.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment, + which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and + `\}' have their usual meanings. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: astyped.sty + +Name: alltt2.sty +Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt + environments by \allttindent parameter +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: May 1992 +Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport. +Archives: Aston* +See also: alltt.sty + +Name: amssymbols.sty +Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts + (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: apalike.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with + apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Oct 87 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex + +Name: apeqnum.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2, + A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: apl.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols + with standard LaTeX fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, APL +Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka + <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991 +Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir, + ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5] +Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to + LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for + Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990. + +Name: apsabstract.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to + American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc. + +Name: art7.sty +Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Dec 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: art8.sty, art9.sty + +Name: art8.sty +Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art9.sty + +Name: art9.sty +Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: art7.sty, art8.sty + +Name: asaesub.sty +Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission + requirements. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: askinclude.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a + list of files to be \include'd. +Keywords: LaTeX, include +Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: astyped.sty +Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the + `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have + their usual meanings. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988 +Archives: shsu +See also: alltt.sty + +Name: balanced.sty +Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere + in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for + an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: bbold.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold + (blackboard bold) fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu +Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold + provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord + bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type + style. + +Name: bf10.sty +Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: This is the default point size. +See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty + +Name: bf11.sty +Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty + +Name: bf12.sty +Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, bookform +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty + +Name: biblist.sty +Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography + listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992 +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: bibperinclude.sty +Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991 +Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It + should be deleted on all archives. +See also: chapterbib.sty + +Name: bibunits.sty +Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for + different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters, + sections or bibunit-environments). +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Sep 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: bigtabular.sty +Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be + split across multiple pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page +Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jul 1990 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty + +Name: biihead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined + heading style for the LaTeX report style. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report +Author: Ted Shapin +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty + +Name: birk.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to + produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready +Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 10 June 1989 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file, + birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography + birksample.bib. + +Name: birkhaus.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to + format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop + proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography + (birkhaus.bib). + +Name: blackdvi.sty +Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex. + +Name: bnf.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu +See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty + +Name: boxedminipage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage + environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it. +Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter + <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Supported: yes +Archives: Aston* +See also: boxit.sty + +Name: boxit.sty +Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its + contents (which can include verbatim text). +Keywords: LaTeX, framebox +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992 +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu +See also: boxedminipage.sty + +%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty + +Name: breakcites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken + across lines. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: bruggink.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent + formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample + file, bruggink.tex. + +Name: bsf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold + sans serif fonts in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Dec 91 +Archives: ymir +See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty + +Name: bsl.sty +Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX + under the Old Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990 +Archives: shsu* +See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty + +Name: calendar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar +Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991 +Archives: shsu +See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex + +Name: captcont.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions + in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like + \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the + list of figures or tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: card.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for + cardfile cards. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card +Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* + +Name: catmac.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.) + +Name: cd.sty +Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as + LaTeX style option. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 3 Mar 89 +Archives: ymir +Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex + instead. + +Name: changebars.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars. +Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv +Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and + Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir +Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug. + +Name: chappg.sty +Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2, + etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: chapterbib.sty +Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies + in a LaTeX document. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX +Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: chemtex.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry + equations. +Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry +Author: Roswitha Haas +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex. + +Name: chess.sty +Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess + games. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess +Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992 +Archives: utrecht*, tue +Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting + Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992. + +Name: chicago.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX + styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst + +Name: chomsky.sty +Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 May 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: cite.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g., + [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir +See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: citesort.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing + lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range. + E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: cite.sty + +Name: code.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays + of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex. +See also: verbatim.sty + +Name: colordvi.sty +Description: See entry for colordvi.tex. + +Name: colors.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color + support for PostScript devices. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color +Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 Apr 92 +Archives: shsu +Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines + the RGB values for various colors. + +Name: cprog.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be + typeset directly by TeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: cropmark.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner + rules) at the four corners of the page.) +Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests + pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead. +See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex + +Name: crossword.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles. +Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords +Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the + attention of B Hamilton Kelly.") +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in + crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex. + +Name: currency.sty +Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the + standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese + Yen and British Pounds Sterling). +Keywords: LaTeX, currency +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: custombib.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize + the section head that is inserted before the bibliography. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning +Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: cyrillic.sty +Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic + fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +See also: cyracc.def +Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by + Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def). + +Name: dates.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the + production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a + variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended + to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages. +Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.01--0 +Archives: aston* +See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex + +Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on + a decimal point. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty + +Name: decalign.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table + on decimal point (or other character). +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: Stephen Meatheringham +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty + +Name: dectab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of + numbers in a table. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal +Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>, + <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty + +Name: delarray.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty. + Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example: + \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array} + is equivalent to: + \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right) +Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty +See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty + +Name: diagram.tex +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992 +Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu +Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex. +See also: xypic.tex + +Name: diagramf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created + in Metafont. +Keywords: LaTeX, metafont +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz> +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires + diagramf.mf to work. + +Name: doublespace.sty +Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced + document. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace +Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy + <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: dpccyr.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington + Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: draft.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced + draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary + commands where they occur in the text. +Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs +Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty) +See also: drafthead.sty + +Name: drafthead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date + and time at top of each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, draft +Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: draft.sty + +Name: drftcite.sty +Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of + numbers. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart +See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: drop.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s) + of a paragraph. +Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps +Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: ebnf.sty +Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars. +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Jul 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex + +Name: eclbip.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Hideki Isozaki +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty +Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex + +Name: ecltree.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Hideki Isozaki +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty +Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex + +Name: eepic.sty +Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic + \special's. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips +Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty +Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex. + +Name: eepicemu.sty +Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the + epic macros. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture +Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty + +Name: endfloat.sty +Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article. +Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu* +See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty + +Name: endnote.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +See also: endnotes.sty + +Name: endnotes.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of + endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that + the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of + the page. +Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes +Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991 +Archives: shsu, ymir +See also: endnote.sty + +Name: enumerate.sty +Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an + optional argument controlling the printing of the counter. +Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: enumspec.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading + character on labels in the enumerate environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: env.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with + bar codes. +Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: zip.tex +Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes," + TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991. + +Name: envelope.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a + business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple + LaserWriter II NT. +Keywords: LaTeX, envelope +Author: Heather Sherman +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex. + +Name: epac.sty +Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European + Particle Accelerator Conference. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings +Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir, aston + +Name: epic.sty +Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: eepic.sty +Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex). + +Name: epsf.sty +Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.). + +Name: eqnarray.sty +Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the + amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to + work as documented in latex.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math +Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992 +Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu* + +Name: equationarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities + of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows + equation arrays with more than 3 columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray +Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir +See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty + +Name: equations.sty +Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed + equations in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu +See also: AMS-LaTeX +Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.) + +Name: eslides.sty +Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into + slides. +Keywords: LaTeX, slides +Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>, + <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart +Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes + a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file + eslides-example.tex. +See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty + +Name: espo.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: esperant.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu +Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams. + esperant.sty does not support the babel system. + +%% Name: etcetera.tex + +Name: exam.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations. + Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank + and essay questions. +Keywords: LaTeX, examination +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: example.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and + typeset. +Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 May 1991 +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: exercise.sty (.doc) +Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for + typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along + the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer + can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a + file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises + and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is + a prerequisite for this style option. +Keywords: LaTeX, exercise +Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992 +Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package + includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver + file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex) + and a README file. + +Name: exercise.sty (.tex) +Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and + \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, exercise +Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac) + +Name: extradefs.tex +Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform, + memo and milstd document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty + +Name: fancybox.sty +Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double + boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset + verbatim inside of boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate, + verbatim, framebox +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file, + fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on + some archives. + +Name: fancyheadings.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization + of page headers and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989 +Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu +See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty +Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc. + +Name: finder.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an + address file for a specified letter recipient. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses +Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, + <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a + sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex). + Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above). + More german information in an article in c't 3/92. + +Name: fixup.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX + macros. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: floatnohead.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only + floats to be typeset without page headers or footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: float.sty (.doc) +Description: This style option improves the interface for defining + floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the + notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New + kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous + to \newtheorem. +Keywords: LaTeX, float +Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package + includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver + file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex) + and a README file. + +Name: flowchart.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for + drawing flow charts. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: fnpara.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on + paragraphs. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output +Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk + <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: fnpara.tex + +Name: font-nostalgia.sty +Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands + with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: footnpag.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each + page. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991) +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart + +Name: format.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point + numbers in a fixed format. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 May 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: frontiers.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the + Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir +See also: article.sty, proc.sty + +Name: ftn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in + any environment, except inside floats. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Jan 92 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart + +Name: fullpage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and + textwidth. +Keywords: LaTeX, page layout +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: geophysics.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a + publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use + with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Jan 87 +Archives: ymir* +See also: article.sty +Note: requires article.sty + +Name: german.sty (.tex) +Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for + writing german texts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german +Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al. + <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1 +Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX. + +Name: go.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board + positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go + font. +Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts +Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49, + 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Nov 1991 +Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z +Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont) + sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated + fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for + more information. + +Name: greekctr.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro + \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out + as greek letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, counter +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: hackalloc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation + primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.) + become block local. +Keywords: LaTeX, allocation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: hackarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray + environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array + environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more + than 3 columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray +Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty + +Name: hangcaption.sty +Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce + captions with hanging indentation. +Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption +Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a + typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the + code. + +Name: harvard.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the + Harvard family of bibliography styles. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst + +Name: headerfooter.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of + three-part page headers and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu +See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty + +Name: here.sty +Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do + not float'. +Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: hex.sty +Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in + hexadecimal notation. +Keywords: LaTeX, counter +Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Oct 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: hhline.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline + for producing horizontal lines in tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: icassp.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and + proc.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: John Vlontzos +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: Based on frontiers.sty. +See also: article.sty, proc.sty + +Name: ieee9.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ieee12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty + +Name: ieeconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for IEE conference proceedings +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991 +Archives: aston* + +Name: ieeeconf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy + for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the + International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one, + anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester + Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992 +Archives: aston* + +Name: ieeetr.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines + for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal + Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE +Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst + +Name: ieeetran.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE + journals. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 7 Feb 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty + +Name: ifac10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ifac12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ifac9.sty +Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty + (q.v.) +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ijc10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijcarticle.sty + +Name: ijcai89.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use + with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style. + The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail + to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.bst + +Name: indentfirst.sty +Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section. +Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: inputfile.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the + current \input file. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: insertplot.sty +Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to + insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE + PostScript driver. +Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips +Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: insertplot.readme + +Name: isf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic + san serif fonts in LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 August 1989 +Archives: shsu +See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty + +Name: iso9.sty +Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with + iso.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: aston, ymir +See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty + +Name: iso10.sty +Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents +Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 +Archives: aston, ymir +See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty + +Name: ist21.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title + appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos. +Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 May 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: italic.sty +Description: See entry for italic.tex. + +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business + Strategies. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988 +Archives: shsu*, ymir + +Name: jeep.sty +Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the + article and report styles. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex. + +Name: jmb.sty +Description: Identical to apalike.sty. +See also: apalike.sty + +Name: labels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label + command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when + used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text). +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels +Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992 +Archives: shsu, aston + +Name: labels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in + various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 May 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: lablst.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions + at the end of a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* +Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex. +See also: lablst.tex + +Name: landscape.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and + textheight to landscape values. +Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: listoftheorem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of + theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, TOC +Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca> +Supported: no +Latest Version: Jul 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, utrecht + +Name: loggates.sty +Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992 +Note: Requires the font loggates.mf. +Archives: utrecht* + +Name: longtable.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of + tabular. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty + +Name: losymbol.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols, + analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures. +Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc +Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: lscape.sty +Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the + pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are + NOT affected. +Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver. + Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty + +Name: lslide.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting + slides. +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex. + +Name: ltgtsim.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to + combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~". +Keywords: LaTeX, symbol +Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Jul 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: ltugbot.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary + pseudo-TUGboat format. +Keywords: LaTeX, journal +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1 Mar 89 +Archives: +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty + +Name: makerobust.sty +Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command + allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect. +Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: man10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +Note: This is the default. +See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty + +Name: man11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty + +Name: man12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual +Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 +Archives: ymir +See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty + +Name: manpage.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual + pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, manpage +Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir +Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file. +See also: unixman.sty + +Name: marginote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes + numbered like footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: marnote.sty +Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right + margin on all pages. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvips +Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart +Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips + +Name: mathsing.sty +Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for + typesetting single-author mathematics books. +Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an + example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm + +Name: mathtext.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text + for inserting fragments of text in math mode. +Keywords: LaTeX, math +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989 +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart + +Name: memo10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex. +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty + +Name: memo11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty + +Name: memo12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, memo +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 May 1985 +Archives: ymir +Note: Requires extradefs.tex. +See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty + +Name: merge.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty + +Name: mf.sty +Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes. +Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir* + +%% Name: mfr.sty +%% Description: +%% Keywords: +%% Author: +%% Latest Version: +%% Archives: + +Name: misc.sty +Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the + following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for + verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but + with automatic line numbers). +Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mitpress.sty +Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press + format. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mitthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with + report.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Sep 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: module.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions, + i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within + a macro file. +Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: styledef.tex + +Name: morefloats.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of + floats from 18 to 36. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: ms10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty + +Name: ms11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty + +Name: ms12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, milstd +Author: Kent McPherson +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 +Note: This is the default. +Archives: ymir, shsu +See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty + +Name: msam.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol + font (msam). +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: msbm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol + font (msbm). +Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, + amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: mtns12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with + mtnsarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 May 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart + +Name: multibox.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in + pictures, similar to the \multiput command. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture +Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science, + Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: multicolpar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in + multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns + aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which + there is the original language in the first column and the + translated version in the second. +Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max + Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu + +Name: multirow.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow + command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows. +Keywords: LaTeX, table +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained. +Archives: ymir + +Name: named.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for + the ``named'' bibliography style. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending + mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.bst + +Name: natsci.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the + NATSCI bibliography style. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 28 feb 91 +Archives: ymir* +See also: natsci.bst + +Name: newarray.sty +Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error. + All the features of previous releases of this style are now in + array.sty or delarray.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 06 July 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +See also: array.sty delarray.sty +Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty. + +Name: newequation.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation + command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command. +Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math +Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 91 +Archives: shsu + +Name: nextslide.sty +Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other + environments to span multiple slides. +Keywords: SliTeX, page control +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: nf.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for + Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with + article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992 +Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* + +Name: nfsslint.sty +Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible + font problems in pre-NFSS files. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: nofm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with + page numbers of the form "n of m." +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: nosecnum.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers, + but still put the section titles in page headings. +Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle +Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: nosecnumbers.sty +Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections, + etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents). +Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* + +Name: npsfont.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: ntg10.sty (.doc) +Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty + +Name: ntg11.sty (.doc) +Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty + +Name: ntg12.sty (.doc) +Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, + artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. +See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty + +Name: numdef.sty +Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow + `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston*, shsu +Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though. + +Name: numinsec.sty +Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause + equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections. +Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all) + +Name: oncew.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to + only warn you once of each undefined citation. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990 +Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.) + +Name: outline.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate + environment that defines a six-level list environment for + typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following + styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ). +Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list +Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>, + <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex. + +Name: outlineitems.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of + items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional + "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for + second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level. +Keywords: LaTeX, lists +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart + +Name: overcite.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying + them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes + "foo.^{1-3}". +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu*, utrecht +See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty + +Name: oz.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z + specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z +Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au) +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Apr 91 +Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon) +Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex. + +Name: pagefoots.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a + page. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes +Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu* + +Name: pageframe.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the + text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners. + Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number + outside the text area on each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output +Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707 +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991 +Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart +See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex +Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test + file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the + documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers + many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this + package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe". + +Name: pap11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir* +See also: pap12.sty + +Name: pap12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir* +See also: pap11.sty + +Name: parskip.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and + non-zero \parskip for any document style and size. +Keywords: LaTeX, page style +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: path.sty +Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar + to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode + (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken + at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation + characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be + ambiguous. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim +Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991 +Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!! + +Name: path.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname + macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to + be broken at punctuation characters. +Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary +Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: portland.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between + portrait and landscape printing. +Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988 +Archives: ymir + +Name: program.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms. +Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm +Author: Martin Ward +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex. + +Name: proof.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree +Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex. + +Name: psfig.sty +Description: See entry for psfig.tex. + +Name: pspicture.sty +Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX + picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option + for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also + includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires + Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: epic, eepic, xypic + +Name: quote.sty +Description: See entry for quote.tex. + +Name: raggedtab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be + typeset ragged-right. +Keywords: LaTeX, parbox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: rail.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams + (sometimes known as railroad diagrams). +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad +Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991 +Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston +Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style + file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some + examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the + style file alone is useless. +See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty + +Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three + or more consecutive numbers into one number range. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography +Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold + <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990 +Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir +See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty + +Name: RCS.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword + strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a + page footer. +Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings +Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992 +Archives: tue +See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing) +Note: source is fully documented + +Name: rcs.sty +Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, RCS +Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 1992 +Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty + +Name: refman.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical + reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar + to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual +Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: remark.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark + command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like + environments instead of theorem-like environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty. + +Name: resume.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes. +Keywords: LaTeX, resume +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 8 Mar 89 +Archives: ymir*, shsu +Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex. + +Name: romanneg.sty +Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by + \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Archives: Aston* +Supported: yes + +Name: rotate.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX + boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvips +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: rotate.tex + +Name: rotating.sty +Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX, + and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated + floats. +Keywords: LaTeX, rotation +Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92) +Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full + manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992. +Archives: Aston + +Name: sans.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans + serif and roman. NFSS only. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: (no number) 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) + +Name: sc21.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages + appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 May 1987 +Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?) +See also: sc21-wg1.sty + +Name: sc21-wg1.sty +Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.) + +Name: sched.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based + on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for + shading boxes. +Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX +Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: schedule.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: schulzrinne.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines + \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters + of a book. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: screen.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document + suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW. +Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: script.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs + script fonts. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992 +Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) + +Name: seceqn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause + equations to be numbered within sections. +Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation +Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 +Archives: shsu + +Name: secret.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified + reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)". +Keywords: LaTeX, classified +Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 Nov 89 +Archives: ymir + +Name: seminar.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes. +Keywords: LaTeX, slides +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu + +Name: setspace.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and + environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on + the point size. +Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing +Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: set_sp.sty +Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work + with the New Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing +Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au> +Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present +Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992 +Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992 + +Name: sfwmac.sty +Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly + by providing a set of standard abbreviations. +Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht + +Name: shading.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded + background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips +Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent + modifier. Based on shadebox.tex. + +Name: shadow.sty +Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as + \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides + of the box. +Keywords: LaTeX, framebox +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991 +Archives: shsu*, ymir + +Name: showkeys.sty +Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref + and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these + keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document. + (Well not by very much!) +Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. +See also: showlabels.sty + +Name: showlabels.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to + show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print + undefined labels rather than just "??". +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: siam10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: siam11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: siam12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty + (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style +Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 +Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in + netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir + +Name: side.sty +Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including + landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips +Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 3 Dec 91 +Archives: shsu +Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.). + +Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty) +Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font + typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX. + Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to + any Scheme and Common Lisp. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp +Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991 +Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z) + +Name: slem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl + rather than \it. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis +Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: smaller.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for + the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the + current font size by one step and \larger will increase it. +Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS +Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek + <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 May 1990 +Archives: ymir*, shsu + +Name: smalltalk.sty +Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk + programming language +Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: May 1992 +Supported: yes +Archives: Aston* + +Name: sober.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space + after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size + of section headers. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: spacecites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between + entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead + of [Furu86,Furu87]. +Keywords: LaTeX, citation +Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir, utrecht + +Name: spacing.sty +Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead. + +Name: sprite.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters + in TeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, graphics +Author: Martin Costabel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: sshdbk10.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point + book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu, shsu + +Name: stbrief.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty. + Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just + answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited + or changed. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration +Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, + <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991 +Archives: stuttgart* +Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It + does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for + a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english + texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above + for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92. + +Name: stmaryrd.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road + symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey. +Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts +Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 +Archives: +Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources. + Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex. + +Name: subeqn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of + equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 13 Feb 90 +Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu +See also: equations.sty + +Name: subeqnarray.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray, + which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines + are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: subfigure.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the + inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning, + captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht + +Name: supertab.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular + environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are + automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are + repeated on each page. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page +Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams + <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu +See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty + +Name: suthesis.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University + Ph.D. thesis style. +Keywords: LaTeX, thesis +Author: Joseph Pallas +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Sep 88 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu + +Name: svma.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag + multiple-author books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style +Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, + Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use + lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead. +See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty + +Name: svsa.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag + single-author books. +Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style +Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, + Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead. +See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty + +Name: tables.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables +Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987 +Archives: ymir +Note: tables.tex??? + +Name: tabls.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text + or hlines above or below. +Keywords: LaTeX, tables +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.1, 1992 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu* + +Name: tabverb.sty +Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim + environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as + \newpage's. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim +Author: Michael Fine +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: tabularx.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This + is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are + modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width + of the inter-column space. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: tape.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels. +Keywords: LaTeX, cassette +Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986 +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu +Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and + tape.example. +See also: cassette.tex + +Name: techreport.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for + converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report. +Keywords: LaTeX, technical report +Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if + the spine-art option is used. +See also: USCthesis.sty + +Name: texnames.sty +Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX + and METAFONT programs. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992 +Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package. +Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu +See also: tex.logos + +Name: tgrind.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on + tgrindmac.tex. +Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu +See also: tgrindmac.tex + +Name: theapa.sty +Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the + theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst). +Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst + +Name: threecolumn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three + columns. +Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston +See also: multicol.sty + +Name: threepart.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers + and footers. +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jan 1987 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: timeline.sty +Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: trademarks.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for + various common trademarks. +Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: trees.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees. +Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics +Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston +Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme. + +Name: twoup.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with + the help of dvidvi. +Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi +Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: uct10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: uct11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: uct12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis +Author: Rusty C. Wright +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty + +Name: ukdate.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style + dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the + phase of the moon. +Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow +Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988 +Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead. + +Name: ulem.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to + underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining + allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}). +Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: Yes +Latest Version: 1992 +Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart + +Name: usenix.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to + produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings +Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>, + <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all + papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready + copy. + +Name: userps.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful +\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.) +Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle +Author: +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: Unsupported. + +Name: varfbox.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the + standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of + the \fboxrule on the fly. +Keywords: LaTeX, box +Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: vdm.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications. +Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992 +Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart +Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex + +Name: version.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will + be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, comment +Author: Stephen Bellantoni +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: vita.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that + suggested by the Handbook for Scholars. +Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume +Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Sep 1990 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: voorbeeldom.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like + environment for typesetting Linguistic examples. +Keywords: LaTeX, lists +Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990 +Archives: utrecht*, ymir + +Name: voorwerk.sty +Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty + and rapport3.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990 +Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston, +Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. + +Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty + (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input +Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart* +Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution. +See also: verbatim.sty + +Name: warn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention + the line number. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart + +Name: workshop.sty +Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for + the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and + on robust control in Ascona, April 1992. +Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] +Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead. + +Name: wrapfig.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment + "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and + wrap text around it. +Keywords: LaTeX, floats, +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: wright.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and + \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments. +Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: Includes example file wright.tex. + +Name: xrefwarn.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to + only warn you once of each undefined citation. +Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992 +Archives: utrecht* + +Name: xspace.sty +Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the + end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following + character is a punctuation character, or {}. +Keywords: LaTeX, spaces +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. + +Name: young.sty +Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment + {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory). +Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux +Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992 +Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11> +Archives: shsu* + +Name: zaccone.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent + formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.) + +Name: zero.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero, + where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter + values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count + "within" other counters). +Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within" +Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991 +Archives: tue, shsu +Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z + + +%%Section 6.8: Other + +Name: asaetr.tex +Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package +Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: calprog.tex +Description: See yearcal.tex + +Name: docstrip.tex +Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty + into stripped-down .sty files. +Keywords: LaTeX, documentation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty + +Name: lcustom.tex +Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations, + including support for the verbatim input of a file. +Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: pphlp.tex +Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both + printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a + single file. +Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation +Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992 +Archives: aston, shsu + +Name: preload.tex +Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style + options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC! +Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston* +Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX. + +Name: pslplain.tex +Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts + where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text + fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe + Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding + to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New + Font Selection Scheme. +Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts +Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> +Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992 +Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files. + +Name: xcomment.sty +Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, comment +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: xxxcustom.tex +Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: yearcal.tex +Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar +Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> +Supported: yes +Latsion: 25 Jun 1992 +Archives: shsu +See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex +Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex. + + +%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX + +%% These entries need to be fleshed out more. + +Name: lamstex.tex +Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with + some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX. + Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams, + cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX), + indices, etc. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX +Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, + Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.01, 1991 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart +Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and + insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also + contains a short description of the package. A user's manual + ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators + Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also + available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX + comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts + (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain + TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see + acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules, + which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use + of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names + are modules.) + +Name: acompat.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run + through LamS-TeX. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, + Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: alignat.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat, + xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, math +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: amstexl.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros. +Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: anynum.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: bib.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: bibtex.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: book.st +Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, book +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: +Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros. + +Name: cardord.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and + counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: cd.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for + commutative diagrams? +Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: dblacc.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented + command for putting multiple accents on a character. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: dvipaste.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which + provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to + include in your document using traditional means. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, table +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Archives: +Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex + and boxes2.tex. + +Name: islands.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating + insertions. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lamslogo.tex +Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX. +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lamstbl.tex +Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for + producing tables with dvipaste? +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stb +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, index +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stf +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: lamstex.stt +Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: letter.st +Description: LamS-TeX letter document style. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided. + +Name: lists.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: literal.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting + pieces of TeX code verbatim +Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: lithl.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic. +Keywords: LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: paper.st +Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, article +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: +Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables. + +Name: pcompat.tex +Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file. +Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: places.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating + insertions. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, float +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: ptmatrix.tex +Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices. +Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 +Archives: + +Name: varref.tex (.tox) +Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross + references? +Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + + +%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX + +Name: 10point.tex +Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one + mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 10pointss.tex +Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point + sans-serif font. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex, + 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex + +Name: 11point.tex +Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 12point.tex +Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 14point.tex +Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 17point.tex +Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 20point.tex +Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to + the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, + 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 2columns.mac +Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the + TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: 2side.tex +Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, output +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: 7point.tex +Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 8point.tex +Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: 9point.tex +Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the + one mentioned in the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, + plain-cm.tex + +Name: aa.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, + multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three + example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the + head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme + file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus + list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant, + aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts. + +Name: address.tex +Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address + list. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels +Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau + <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov> +Supported: Yes +Latest Version: 25 May 1992 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file. + This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across + Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This + paper is also included in the address package. +See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: amssym.def +Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to + plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 +Archives: e-math* +See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, + amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: apalike.tex +Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and + btxmac.tex. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992 +Archives: labrea* +See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst + +Name: automagic.tex +Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically + numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary + support for a table of contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex + +Name: autotoc.tex +Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, TOC +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex + +Name: badges.tex +Description: plain TeX program for making name tags. +Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex. + +Name: bellmac.tex +Description: Form letter package for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, formletter +Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, + letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: bibplain.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: btxmac.tex +Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead. + +Name: blanks.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left + for the answers. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX +Author: Hal R. Varian +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex. + +Name: bnf.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars. +Keywords: plain TeX, BNF +Author: Erik Quanstrom +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex. +See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty + +Name: borders.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page. +Keywords: plain TeX, output +Author: James A. Brister +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991 +Archives: ymir + +Name: boxit.tex +Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the + LaTeX \fbox command. +Keywords: plain TeX, framebox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in + Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook. +See also: frame.tex + +Name: btable.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite + groups. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas + <andrew@math.uic.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 6 Jul 90 +Archives: ymir + +Name: btxmac.tex +Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: Caesar-CM +Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight + cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These + macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with + some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all + the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of + latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three + basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to + Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm, + virtual fonts, em, Macintosh +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sept 1992 +Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual + font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it + provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is + support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO + Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: calendar.tex +Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly + calendar. +Keywords: plain TeX, calendar +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex + +Name: capparmode.tex +Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop + capital. +Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps +Author: David J. Braunegg +Supported: no +Latest Version: 1986 +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: cassette.tex +Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips + audio cassette boxes. +Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label +Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1991 +Archives: ymir +Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo. +See also: tape.sty + +%% Name: cell1.tex +%% Name: cell2.tex +%% Name: cell3.tex +%% Name: cell4.tex +%% Name: cellular.doc +%% Name: cellular.tex + +Name: chbars.tex +Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with + plain TeX). +Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output +Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989 +Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the + EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push + TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses + nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he + will incorporate them into a new version. +Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston + +Name: cnoweb.tex +Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code + without using CWEB. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C +Author: Jim Fox +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989 +Archives: ymir, shsu +Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme. + +Name: comment.sty +Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain + TeX or LaTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, shsu +See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty + +Name: comment.tex +Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain + TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, comment +Author: J. C. Alexander +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: May 1986 +Archives: ymir, aston +See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty + +Name: cpjour2.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready copy for various two-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages. + +Name: CPMoMu01 +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing + camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books. +Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings, + camera-ready +Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest version: 1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* + +Name: cyracc.def +Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for + use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme. +Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 +Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + +Name: declare.tex +Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without + interference with previously allocated registers. +Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register +Author: J. E. Pittman +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: dmhgener.tex +Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning + commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and + tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing. +Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: doublecol.tex +Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from + Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: edmac.tex (.doc) +Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical + editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford + Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided + for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and + endnotes keyed to line numbers. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering +Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, + <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.22 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht +Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as + well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package. + +Name: epsf.tex +Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic. +Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990 +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty + +Name: figplace.tex +Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion + routine for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats +Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart + +Name: FloatNotes.tex +Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the + user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to + use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of + occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a + "floatnote". +Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992 +Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's + newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only + valid with formats based on Plain TeX +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: fnote.tex +Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically + numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset + \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: fnpara.tex +Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes + on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400 + of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988 +Archives: ymir (but munged) +See also: fnpara.sty + +Name: fontbl.tex +Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: testfont.tex + +Name: fontchart.tex +Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables. + Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex + +Name: fortran.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings. + Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput +Author: B. H. Toby +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Aug 1986 +Archives: ymir +See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex, + misc.sty, lcustom.tex + +Name: frame.tex +Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also + defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions. +Keywords: plain TeX, framebox +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: boxit.sty + +Name: gkpmac.tex +Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by + Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik. +Keywords: plain TeX, book +Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik +Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford + University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren + Patashnik)> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: concrete.sty + +Name: headlinerule.tex +Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an + \hrule spanning the width of the page. +Keywords: plain TeX, header +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: HyAcc-CM +Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using + accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern + encoding. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern +Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann + <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1992 +Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language + typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: index.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make + an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its + default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even + though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft + documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or + phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for + both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index. + Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index. +Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex +Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +See also: TeXsis +Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.) + +Name: jns.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 July 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example + file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. +See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm + +Name: label.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex + +Name: labeldefs.tex +Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based + on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: LabelFig.tex +Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to + imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript. +Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript +Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann + <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +First Version: July 1991 +Latest Version: July 1992 +Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the + preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything, + LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation + is internal. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart + +Name: labelmac3.tex +Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with + Avery 5160 laser printer labels. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels +Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: lecmono.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, LNP, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Nov 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two + example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file. + There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) + Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: lecproc.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two + example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file. + +Name: letter.mac +Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of + the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, + letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: letter.tex +Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the + letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, + lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty + +Name: lettermac.tex +Description: Simple macros for writing letters. +Keywords: plain TeX, letter +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 23 May 90 +Archives: ymir +See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex, + letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty + +Name: LeXTeX.tex +Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal + documents (including pleadings). +Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX +Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square, + Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992 +Archives: None as yet. + +Name: list.tex +Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical + usage: tex list *.c \\end +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex + +Name: listing.mac +Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB. +Keywords: plain TeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: llist.tex +Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files. + Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir +See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex + +%% Name: longtocline.tex + +Name: lwebmac.tex +Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: make-env.tex +Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS + standards. +Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 +Archives: ymir +Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and + lettermac.tex. +See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex + +Name: mamath.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jun 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an + example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, + mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) + fonts. + +Name: manmac.tex +Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, shsu + +Name: mathmult.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multi-author mathematics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Mar 1991 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an + example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a + file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern + (AM) fonts. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: mathsing.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + single-author mathematics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, mathematics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an + example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a + file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern + (AM) fonts. +See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty + +Name: memo.tex +Description: Generate a memo banner. +Keywords: plain TeX, memo +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mftmac.tex +Description: Special macros for use with MFT output. +Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Archives: labrea* + +Name: mhack.tex +Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes. +Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes +Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991 +Archives: shsu + +Name: model.tex +Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings +Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: mrecog.tex +Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX. + Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log + phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$". +Keywords: plain TeX, math +Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: mssymb.tex +Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts + (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead. +Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS +Author: +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. +See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, + amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty + +Name: multihead.tex +Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, header +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: multip.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Mar 1989 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an + example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: multpghb.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + multi-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an + example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for + typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. + +Name: newinsert.tex +Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures +Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990 +Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools* + [128.146.7.200], ymir + +Name: nofill.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in + lines of text. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: null.tex +Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file + name and you don't want to provide a real file. + +Name: outline.sty +Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats + them in plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, outline +Author: Hal R. Varian +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Sep 1987 +Archives: ymir, shsu + +Name: paragraphs.tex +Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter, + \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent. +Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: phoncard.tex +Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks. +Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist +Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992 +Archives: ymir +Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix + bugs himself. + +Name: PJour2g +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in + Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant + of PJour2 (g=general). +Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column +Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest version: 1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +See also: PJour2 + +Name: picmac.tex +Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a + subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for + quadratic splines. +Keywords: plain TeX, graphics +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, ymir + +Name: pjour1.zip +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + various 1-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, + journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a + reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme + file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there + are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the + macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), + and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX + format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. +See also: pjour2 + +Name: pjour2.zip +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + various 2-column journals. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, + journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR, + shock waves, geodesy +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a + reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme + file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there + are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the + macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), + and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX + format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. +See also: pjour1 + +Name: plain.tex +Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook. +Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.141 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu + +Name: plncs.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing + camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + LNCS, multi-author, book +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an + example file, plncs.dem. + +Name: plotting.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs. +Keywords: plain TeX, graphics +Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: reference.tex +Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with + labels and crossreferences. +Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography +Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86 +Archives: ymir +See also: btxmac.tex + +Name: resume.tex +Description: Resume document style for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, resume +Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Jan 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: resumemac.tex +Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, resume +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* +Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex. + +%% Name: rightfig.mac + +Name: rotate.tex +Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 +Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> +Archives: labrea*, ymir +Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution. +See also: rotate.sty + +Name: scmac.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts. +Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama +Author: Na Choon Piaw +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.02, 1989 +Archives: ymir +Note: Also called scmac202.tex. + +Name: scorecard.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one + team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense, + Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line + score). +Keywords: plain TeX, baseball +Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989 +Archives: ymir + +Name: setstrut.tex +Description: Automatic strut computation. +Keywords: plain TeX, strut +Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: singlep.cmm +Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + single-author physics books. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + single-author, book, physics +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: May 1989 +Archives: dhdspri6* +Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two + example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file, + singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) + fonts. + +Name: split.tex +Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes + them side by side. +Keywords: plain TeX, box +Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: stables.tex +Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>, + <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0 +Archives: ymir, utrecht +See also: stables_doc.tex +Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex. + +Name: sterne.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde". +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package + +Name: sw.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, + journal, multi-column, two-column +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package + +%% Name: tabledoc.tex +%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex +%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation +%% Author: Ray F. Cowan +%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85 +%% Archives: ymir +%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir? + +Name: tables.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, table +Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1986 +Archives: ymir + +Name: tbemacros.tex +Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example," + (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press). +Keywords: plain TeX +Author: Arvind Borde +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 +Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston +Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex. + +Name: tech-erg.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: tech-ghb.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: tech-std.cmm +Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting + articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format. +Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, +Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 +Archives: +Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. + +Name: testfont.tex +Description: TeX program for displaying font tables. +Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: +See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex + +Name: theapa.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX + bibliography style (theapa.bst). +Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst +Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible + version may be available upon request. + +Name: toc.mac +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, TOC +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex + +Name: toc.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of + Contents. +Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC +Author: Dan Zirin +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Archives: ymir +See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac + +Name: treedef.tex +Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, tree +Author: David Eppstein +Supported: no +Latest Version: Feb 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35. + +Name: tgrindmac.tex +Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd + "vgrind"). +Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985 +Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa> +Archives: +See also: tgrind.sty + +Name: tugboat.cmn +Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style + files for TUGboat. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty +Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts + with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named + tugboat.com. + +Name: tugbot.sab +Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that + appear in TUGboat. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989 +Archives: ymir +See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn + +Name: tugboat.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat, +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +Note: Requires tugboat.cmn +See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn + +Name: tugbot.sty +Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 8 Jul 87 +Archives: +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty + +Name: tugbot.tex +Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: 18 Aug 85 +Archives: ymir +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, + tugboat.cmn +Note: Obsolete + +Name: tugproc.sty +Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the + Communications of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu +See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn +Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn. + +Name: unouter.tex +Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, outer +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Nov 1988 +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Archives: ymir + +Name: varindent.tex +Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match + the length of the preceding line. +Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: no versions +Archives: ymir + +Name: verbatim.mac +Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted + from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: verbtim2.tex +Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts. +Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput +Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, + misc.sty, lcustom.tex + +Name: web9pt.tex +Description: ??? +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: webmac.tex +Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: webmacss.tex +Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in + sans-serif type. +Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987 +Author: +Archives: ymir +See also: webmac.tex + +Name: weirdtitle.tex +Description: A weird title macro. +Keywords: plain TeX, weird +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Author: +Archives: ymir + +Name: xrcs.tex +Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta] +Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + + +%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX + +%% Name: driver.tex +%% Name: plainfsl.doc +%% Name: plainfsl.tex +%% Name: readme.plf +%% Name: scripts.doc +%% Name: xxxlfont.doc + + +%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros + +Name: newsletr.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes + support for multiple columns. +Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: italic.tex +Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and + automatically insert italic corrections when necessary +Keywords: LaTeX, font +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991 +Archives: shsu +Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty. + +Name: quote.tex +Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending + on context. +Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks +Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991 +Archives: shsu* +Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty. + + +%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX + +Name: ScriptTeX +Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for + typesetting screenplays and scripts. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991 +Archives: ymir* +Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a + demonstration file, stdemo.tex. + +Name: screenplay.tex +Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir* + +Name: stageplay.tex +Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay. +Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay +Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 +Archives: ymir* + + +%%Section 9: SLITEX + +%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution + +Name: slitex.tex +Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or + color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 +Archives: +Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual. + +Name: sfonts.tex +Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart*, shsu + +Name: slides.sty +Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides + with SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986 +Archives: + +Name: splain.tex +Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX +Author: Leslie Lamport +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 25 Mar 92 +Archives: + + +%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files + +Name: xxxslides.sty +Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986 +Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht + + +%%Section 10: PHYSE + +Name: physe.tex +Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers. + Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections, + ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references + and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists + of figures, tables and references. +Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering +Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur + Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik; + P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included. +See also: physupdt.tex + +Name: physupdt.tex +Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0. +Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir + + +%%Section 11: PHYZZX + +Name: phyzzx.tex +Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers + for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible. + Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of + sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered + references, tables and figures. +Keywords: PHYZZX, physics +Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator + Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309 +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to + modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX + are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example + of site-dependent macros. +See also: revtex.sty + + +%%Section 12: TEXT1 + +Name: text1.tex +Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the + functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents, + indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.) + while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX + and making it easy to modify formats. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following + address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington + State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are + split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this + Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes + with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files + for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system. + +Name: txt1v407.tex +Description: The main TEXT1 macros. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1 +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: fixcol.tex +Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed + mode. +Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: flexcol.tex +Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the + flexible mode. +Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir + +Name: letter.texinput +Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel. + +Name: memo.texinput +Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel. + +Name: mergetxt.texinput +Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel, + mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel. + +Name: paper.texinput +Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel. + +Name: resume.texinput +Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel. + +Name: thesis.texinput +Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate + school theses. +Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis +Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, + <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987 +Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir +Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel. + + +%%Section 13: TEXSIS + +Name: texsis.tex +Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting + physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference + proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos. + \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic + numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting, + macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions, + including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis + supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized + document formats, and it even includes macros for making form + letters for job applications or letters of recommendation. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1), + installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU + emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For + support for an index, see index.tex. + +Name: AIP.txs +Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: CVformat.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae. +Keywords: TeXsis, resume +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: Elsevier.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications. +Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: IEEE.txs +Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis +Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: mtexsis.tex +Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used + by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to + install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the + bulletin boards?) +Keywords: TeXsis, physics +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: nuclproc.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: PhysRev.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews. +Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +See also: revtex.sty + +Name: ruled.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and + vertical rules. +Keywords: plain TeX, tables +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are + incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of + that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still + requires TeXsis. + +Name: Tablebody.txs +Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete: + Use ruled.tex instead. +Keywords: TeXsis, tables +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] +Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will + eventually be phased out. + +Name: thesis.txs +Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants, + \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for + University of Texas theses. +Keywords: TeXsis, thesis +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + +Name: WorldSci.txs +Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis +Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings +Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 +Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] + + +%%Section 14: YTEX + +Name: YTeX +Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some + of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages + such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less + well-specified) manner. +Keywords: yTeX, fmt +Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 1986 +Archives: ymir +Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac, + yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided. + +Name: plain-cm.tex +Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font + sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Jul 86 +Archives: ymir +See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, + 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex + +Name: ytex.ieee +Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers. +Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article +Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + + +%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS + +Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty +Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up. +Keywords: output, two-up +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: anti.tex +Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle. +Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle +Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1/88 +Archives: ymir + +Name: apldef.tex +Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using + the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code +Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL +Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Nov 1987 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987. + +Name: blackdvi.tex +Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in + colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing. +Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex +Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same + name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included + here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with + colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with + that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from + Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with + FoilTeX. + +Name: BoxedArt.tex +Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX, + assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the + process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX + documents. +Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sep 1992 +Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu + +Name: BoxedEPS.tex +Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX + document in a device-driver-independent way. +Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript +Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Sep 1992 +Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system + BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr + [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu + +Name: colordvi.tex +Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any + other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver + dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with + Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.) + can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in + colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names + are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors. +Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color +Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research + Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 +Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart +See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex +Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same + name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included + here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with + colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with + that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from + Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with + FoilTeX. + +Name: compare.tex +Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings. +Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison +Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: cropmark.tex +Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on + the page. +Keywords: cropmark +Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu +See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex + +Name: dayofweek.tex +Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of + the moon. +Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom +Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: dates.sty, dow.tex + +Name: daytime.sty +Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day. +Keywords: TeX, generic, time +Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu* +See also: misc.sty + +%% Name: defstring.tex + +Name: diagrams.tex +Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory +Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990 +Archives: + +Name: dow.tex +Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week. +Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston +See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex + +Name: emtrees.tex +Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands + implemented by emTeX. +Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree +Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 14 Jan 91 +Archives: ymir + +Name: endnote.tex +Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes. +Keywords: generic, endnotes +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, aston + +Name: epigram.tex +Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams. +Keywords: generic, epigram +Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir* + +Name: fakebold.tex +Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook. +Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: hep.tex +Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and + "normal ordered" products. +Keywords: generic, physics +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: inscrutable.tex +Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers. +Keywords: TeX, perl +Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 7 Feb 91 +Archives: ymir + +Name: ipamacs.tex +Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State + University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa). +Keywords: TeX, IPA, font +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir, stuttgart + +Name: laps.tex +Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap. +Keywords: generic +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: latin1.tex +Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set + for TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, font +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991 +Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.) + +%% Name: maybeload.tex + +Name: multido.tex/multido.sty +Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures. +Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, + stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be + appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives. + +Name: prooftree.tex +Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus, + etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary) +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990 +Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> +Archives: + +Name: psfig.tex +Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics + in a TeX document. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps +Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991 +Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston +Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty. + +Name: pstricks.tex +Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic) + TeX. +Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation +Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992 +Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu + +Name: quotation.tex +Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations + with an attribution. +Keywords: generic, quotation +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +%% Name: redefine.tex + +Name: selectpage.tex +Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document. +Keywords: generic, output +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: shadebox.tex +Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on + PostScript devices. +Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips +Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: tex.logos +Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX + logos. +Keywords: generic, logos +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: texnames.sty + +Name: time.tex (.sty) +Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in + the format hh:mm A.M./P.M. +Keywords: generic, time +Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992 +Archives: shsu + +Name: TreeTeX.tex +Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using + a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees +Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de> + and Derick Wood. +Supported: Yes (bug fixes only) +Latest Version: 2.3 +Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80] +Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which + includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex, + which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by + the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available + from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne + Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg; + Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to + brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de. + +Name: underl.tex +Description: Macro for underlining text. +Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir +See also: xunderl.tex + +Name: undertilde.tex +Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character. +Keywords: generic, accent +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: weekday.sty +Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given + date. +Keywords: generic, calendar +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade + <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991 +Archives: shsu* + +Name: wiggly.tex +Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines + horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar. +Keywords: generic, accent +Author: John S. Garavelli +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987 +Archives: ymir + +Name: xlatin1.tex +Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set + for TeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28 +Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] + +Name: xunderl.tex +Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex. +Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis +Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991 +Archives: ymir +See also: underl.tex + +Name: xypic.tex +Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams. +Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics, + commutative diagrams. +Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992 +Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires + AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed + preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts + (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf) + which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are + also included. +Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* + [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*] + +Name: zip.tex +Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code. +Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode +Author: J. Daniel Smith +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 24 May 1990 +Archives: ymir +See also: env.sty + + +%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros + +Name: border.tex +Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of + the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: dolines.tex +Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are + separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight + macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: gloss.tex +Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive + sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: labels.tex +Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of + the Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex + +Name: loop.tex +Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the + Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston + +Name: quire.tex +Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and + printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros + package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex + +Name: styledef.tex +Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the + Midnight macros package. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity +Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991 +Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc. +Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, + stuttgart, aston +See also: module.sty + + +%%Section 15.2: PicTeX + +Name: pictex.tex +Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain + TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics +Author: Michael Wichura +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987 +Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files: + latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex. +Archives: ymir + +Name: texpictex.tex +Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic + specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths + of lines.) +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips +Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ymir + +Name: tree.sty +Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees +Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz + <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992 +Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26] + + +%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX + +Name: TeX-Xet +Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in + languages which read from right to left. +Keywords: Hebrew +Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v3.0 +Archives: huji + +Name: heb_macros.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old + Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3 +Archives: huji* + +Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New + Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3 +Archives: huji* + +Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC + system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1 +Archives: huji* + +Name: hebcal.sty +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the + Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, + OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar +Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 +Archives: huji* +See also: hebcal_newcode.sty + +Name: hebcal_newcode.sty +Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the + Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, + OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 +Archives: huji* +See also: hebcal.sty + +Name: hebrew.sty +Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code + (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael + Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: huji* + +Name: hebrew_newcode.sty +Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code + (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. +Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS +Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael + Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.2 +Archives: huji* + + +%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS + +%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much +%% more work. -- dmj + +Name: czhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: eshyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish +Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com> +Supported: +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, ymir +Note: Originally called silaba.tex. + +Name: f8hyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts? +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: fhyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts? +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: fr8hyph.dc +Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC + encoding. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC +Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson + <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ghyphen.max +Description: Hyphenation patterns for German. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated + incorrectly by these patterns. +See also: ghyphen.min + +Name: ghyphen.min +Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with + PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with + little room for hyphenation patterns). +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated + incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two + forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the + words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation + points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points + found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form + suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide + suitable hyphenation exceptions. +See also: ghyphen.max + +Name: ghyphen3.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an + experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and + `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t + mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be + hyphenated at different positions. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de + (X.400)> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: hyphen.polish +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish +Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex) +Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: Donald E. Knuth +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: labrea*, stuttgart +See also: ushyph2.tex + +Name: ihyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic +Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ithyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation +Author: G. Patergnani +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: nehyph1.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex. +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex + +Name: nehyph2.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1989 +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex + +Name: nehyph3.tex +Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch +Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart +See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex + +Name: portug.hyphen +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese +Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: rgrhyph.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using + the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990 +Archives: ymir + +Name: rhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to + work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with + all ligatures disabled. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts +Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian + TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989. +Archives: ymir + +Name: shyphen1.2.sh +Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for + Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC +Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991 +Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish +Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my + hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though + it is planned. + +Name: tkhypha.tex +Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish +Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1987 +Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations + for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which + generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available. +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ukhyphen.tex +Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English +Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart + +Name: ushyph2.tex +Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be + used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log + published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989. +Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English +Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990 +Archives: stuttgart + + +%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES + +Name: abbrv.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled + with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are + abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: abstract.bst +Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with + added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Kotz +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: acm.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies. + A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by + author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and + journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and + in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: acs.bst +Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems. + This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.). +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: acsarticle.sty + +Name: agsm.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors + editors and printers of Australian government publications." It + supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams + 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a + parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors + name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: alpha.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry + labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of + publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: amsalpha.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that + it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of + a reference. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 +Archives: e-math* + +Name: amsplain.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that + it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of + a reference. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style +Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991 +Archives: e-math* + +Name: annotate.bst +Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support + for an "annotate" field. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: annotation.bst +Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support + for an "annote" field. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: apa.bst +Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which + incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.). + The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates + references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would + produce "Rogers (1992)". +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.). + +Name: apalike.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones, + 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor) + names appear as last name, comma, initials. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: asaetr.bst +Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers +Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 +Archives: shsu +Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) +See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf + +Name: btxbst.doc +Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography + styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains + extensive documentation of the code. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst + +Name: cea.bst +Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture +Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style +Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 +Archives: shsu* +See also: cea.sty +Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. + +Name: chicago.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference + style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations + formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and + author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)"; + "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)"; + "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et + al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The + reference list is sorted alphabetically by author. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty +Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. + +Name: chicagoa.bst +Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference + style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like + chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the + BibTeX field `annotation'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style +Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 +Archives: shsu*, utah +Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. + +Name: dcu.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design + Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science, + University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams + (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is + used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are + sorted by authors name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: ieee.bst +Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles + according to the IEEE's instructions. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Feb 92 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ieeetran.sty + +Name: ieeetr.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions + bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE + abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all + fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much + like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: ifac.bst +Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions + of the International Federation of Automatic Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher + style +Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ifacarticle.sty + +Name: ijc.bst +Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles + for the International Journal of Control. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal +Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991 +Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart +See also: ijcarticle.sty + +Name: kluwer.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic + Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and + "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a + noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by + authors name. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 0.99a +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The + family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," + distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty + +Name: named.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the + form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year + and author information in separate macros. Must be used in + conjunction with named.sty. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1988 +Archives: ymir +Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending + mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". +See also: named.sty + +Name: natsci.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the + form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences + bibliography format. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98 +Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 08 Jan 87 +Archives: clarkson +See also: natsci.sty +Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later. + +Name: nederlands.bst +Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of + dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard + practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports + citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending + on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical + note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following + Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name). +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992 +Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu +Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the + style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules. + Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard + family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard + Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the + file harvard.tex. +See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty + +%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty) + +Name: plain.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled + with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by + van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: siam.bst +Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric + labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names + in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article + titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes". + An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the + preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the + "plain" family, from which this is adapted. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 +Archives: labrea* + +Name: theapa.bst +Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very + flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the + form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features + of the APA style. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA +Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992 +Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ +Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for + LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX). + +Name: unsrt.bst +Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing + bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that + appear in the order of their first citation. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 +Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht +Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX + manual. + +Name: xppt.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt + document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles + using the amsppt reference commands. +Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt +Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose + <kris@diku.dk> +Supported: no [obsolete] +Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991 +Archives: +Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) + + +%%Section 19: OTHER + +Name: deprocldc.tex +Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings + articles. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide +Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 +Archives: ymir + +Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines) +Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the + source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual + Meeting of the TeX Users Group. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: LinoTeX +Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on + Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX + typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome + formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled. +Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity, +Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr> +Supported: yes +First Version: 1991 +Latest Version: June 1992 +Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar + mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes. +Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart + +Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines) +Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of + the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no. + 3, November 1989. +Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide +Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992 +Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu + +Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics) +Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics. +Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Supported: no +Latest Version: (only one version) +Archives: aston* +Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete + ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support + it again. Requires amssymbols.sty. +See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex + +Name: symbols.tex +Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the + AMS symbols. +Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts +Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> +Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992 +Archives: shsu*, aston +Supported: yes +Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If + used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts. + +*************************************************************************** + LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES + +Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the +May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,' +currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>. +Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the +maintainers of the archives. + +Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via +anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the +mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the +address listed. Exceptions are noted below. + +In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated +names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is +obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in +parentheses after the full archive name. + +On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place, +namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you +in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious +place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the +user. + +dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only) + Springer-Verlag + Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet + + Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other + information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed + UUencoded. + +e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100] + The American Mathematical Society + Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org + System type: UNIX + + Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages. + + Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow + submissions. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory ams. + +ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht) + Abbreviation: utrecht + Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands + Time Zone: +0100 GMT + Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC) + System type: UNIX + Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server + To receive the help file, send the following message: + + begin + path your_complete_email_address + send HELP + end + + TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX. + + Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl. + +ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23] + Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston + System type: UNIX + + Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font + naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and + web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of + the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex. + +ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2] + Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time) + Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics, + University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA + Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> + Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu + System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) + + TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer, + window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC, + IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities). + The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive + contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in + directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an + index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains + sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers. + + TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found + in pub/tex/bibtex. + +ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] + Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center + System type: UNIX (AIX) + Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer + Contact: + concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> + general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de + + About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively. + + TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex. + LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain. + +ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100] + Department of Mathematics and Computing Science + Eindhoven University of Technology + The Netherlands + System Type: UNIX + Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT ) + Mail server: No (not yet, at least) + Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl> + + TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. + +ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12] + Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany + Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer + Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> + Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> + Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de + System type: UNIX + + More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk. + + This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF + and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol, + verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array). + + TeX-related files are found in soft/tex. + +goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2] + Spain + Mail server: info@goya.uu.es + + This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files + for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in + info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish. + +hearn.bitnet (Mail server only) + Abbreviation: tex-nl + Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet + Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> + + Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of + particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more + general interest. + + People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by + interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST + +june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4] + The University of Washington + Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu + System type: UNIX + + TeX-related files are in the directory tex. + +labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47] + Stanford University, California, USA + Time zone: -0700 GMT + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings. + System type: UNIX + Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42] + + Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web. + + TeX-related files are in the directory tex. + +midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73] + Time Zone: -0500 GMT + Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu> + + Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex). + Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent + to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he + can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!) + + OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX. + +ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8] + Sam Houston State University + Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> + Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu + System type: VMS + + Contains the usual TeX goodies. + + SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find. + Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the + directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories + with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.) + + If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's + TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and + login as anonymous. Then: + + 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory) + + 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory + name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are + depositing) + + 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate) + + 4) [m]put Your_files + + Please follow this by sending a mail message to: + + <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu> + + with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state + what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be + made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State + University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8). + + Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are + not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions + about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>. + +noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10] + The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem + Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> + System type: UNIX + + This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as + the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for + right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to + TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and + DeadSea fonts. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory tex. + +TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18] + Abbrevation: Aston + Aston University, Birmingham, UK + Time Zone: 0000 GMT + Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk + Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk + System type: VMS + + Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of + things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims + to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and + mail-server access, other services include + + - telnet access to browse directories + + - JANET access (UK only) + Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091) + Username: public Password: public + Log in interactively to browse the directories + + - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as + appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the + UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In + an emergency, you can write to + Peter Abbott + Computing Service, Aston University, + Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET + p.abbott@aston.ac.uk + + The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are + + - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives, + but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files + only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary + files are ASCII encoded. + + - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date + working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes. + + TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE]. + + To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to + archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add. + JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should + also send mail to indicate they have done so. + +theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92] + Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science + Cambridge, Massachusetts + Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu> + Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu + System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) + + Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in + pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other + TeX-related files. + +vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only) + Heidelberg + Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de + +wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20] + White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA + Time Zone: -0600 GMT + Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen) + Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings + Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4] + + An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things + can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>. + +ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23] + The Claremont Colleges, California, USA + Time zone: -0700 GMT + Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> + Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu + System type: VMS + + The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks + down packages for downloading. + + Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in + LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX]. + + To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu + (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission; + then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the + archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send + a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will + work out how to receive it. + +*************************************************************************** + GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS + +Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to +clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be +self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a +language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for +typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a +major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that +package. + +A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size + +A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size + +accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters + +ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings + +acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms + +AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics + journals + +algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms + +allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism + (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.) + +AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical + Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts. + +AMS-LaTeX + +AMS-TeX + +amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which + includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts. + +amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint + document style. + +antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics. + +APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and + without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for, + anyway? -- dmj] + +APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language + APL + +ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips + +array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment + +article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents + such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style + option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with + article.sty + +Austrian + +authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors + +autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document + structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc. + +autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents. + +Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language + support in LaTeX and plain TeX. + +barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service. + +baseball + +Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines) + +bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography + +BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy + database program + +BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX + +binary trees + +blackboard bold + +BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms + +bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols + +book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for + typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX + document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant + to be used with book.sty + +bookform + +borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes + +box -- macros for manipulating boxes + +C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language + +calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX + +camera-ready + +caption + +card + +cassette + +cassette label + +Catalan + +category-theory + +changebars + +chemistry + +chess + +citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or + which provide an analogous function + +classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings + +cmcyr + +color -- support for color graphics or other special effects + +comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX + +Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code + +common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles + +commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative + diagrams + +counter + +Croatian + +cropmark + +crosswords + +currency + +Cyrillic + +Czech + +Danish + +date + +decimal + +DECUS + +delimiters + +diagrams + +discretionary + +dissertation + +documentation + +doublespace + +dow -- macros for calculating the day of week + +draft + +drama + +dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged + +Dutch + +dvi2ln3 + +dvi2ps + +dvidrv + +dvidvi + +dvips + +dvitops + +e-mail pathname + +EC/DC + +emphasis + +emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's + +endnotes + +English + +enumerate + +envelope + +epigram + +eplain + +EPSF + +epsf + +eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment + +equation + +equation number + +Esperanto + +essential + +eufm + +examination + +figure + +figures + +filename + +Finnish + +float + +floats + +flushleft + +fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a + new format (.fmt) file. + +font + +fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F + of the TeX Book + +fonts + +footnote numbering + +footnotes + +formletter + +framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's + \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the + TeXbook + +frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes + +French + +generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro + package + +German + +german + +glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences + +graphics + +Greek + +header -- macros for modifying the page header + +Hebrew + +hline + +Hungarian + +hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns + +Icelandic + +ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern + Recognition proceedings + +IEE + +IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of + Electrical and Electronics Engineers + +indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs + +index -- for producing indexes. + +initex + +input + +inrstex + +inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions + +integral + +IPA + +ISO + +journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles + +LamS-TeX + +landscape + +language + +LaTeX + +letter + +LeXTeX + +limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math + operators + +line breaks + +line numbering + +lines + +linespacing + +linguistics + +lists + +LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture + Notes in Computer Science + +LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture + Notes in Physics + +logical gates + +logos + +loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX + +macro + +mailing labels + +MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program + +manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages + +manual -- for typesetting manuals + +margin notes + +math + +math symbol + +mathematics + +mathfonts + +matrices + +memo + +METAFONT + +metafont + +MFT + +midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros + +milstd + +minipage + +MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less) + with MIT Press's requirements + +modularity + +msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts + package) + +msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts + package) + +multi-column + +multi-page + +newcolumn + +newcommand + +newlines + +newsletter + +NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme + +nofill + +Norwegian + +NTG + +numbers + +Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications + +OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original + font selection scheme) + +operatorname + +optarg + +outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive + +outline + +output + +page control + +page layout + +page style + +pagenumbers + +pagestyle + +paper + +paragraph + +parbox + +parse trees + +path name + +PC + +perl + +phonelist + +PHYS-TeX + +Physical Review + +physics + +PHYZZX + +PicTeX + +picture + +plain TeX + +pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality + bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as + described in Appendix D of the TeXbook + +Polish + +pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon + +portrait + +Portuguese + +PostScript + +PostScript fonts + +primer + +proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various + conferences + +prooftree + +publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or + else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements + +quotation + +quote marks + +railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for + describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages + +RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System + +register + +report + +resume + +REVTeX + +Romanian + +rotate + +rotation + +Russian + +Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code + +screenplay + +SCREENVIEW + +script + +scripts + +ScriptTeX + +section + +section numbers + +sectioning + +SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial + and Applied Mathematics + +SLaTeX + +slides + +SliTeX + +Slovenian + +Smalltalk programming language + +solutions + +Spanish + +speed + +SPIE + +Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag + publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements + +stageplay + +standards documents + +string comparison + +strut + +style + +style-option + +subnumbering + +sum + +summation + +Swedish + +symbol + +symbols + +syntax checking + +table + +tables + +tabular + +tangle + +TeX + +TeX examples + +TeX tutorials + +TeX Users Group + +TeX-XeT + +TeXbook + +TeXsis + +TEXT1 + +tgrind + +theorem + +theorm + +thesis + +time + +timeline + +titlepage + +TOC + +toc + +tpic + +trademark + +tree + +trees + +TUG proceedings + +TUGboat + +Turkish + +two-column + +two-up + +UK English + +underlining + +UNIX + +VDM specification language + +verbatim + +virtual fonts + +vita + +vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim + +weave + +WEB + +weird + +x-ref warnings + +xrefs + +XY-pic + +Young tableaux + +YTeX + +yTeX + +Z + +zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format + +*************************************************************************** + APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT + +Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database +programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because + + (1) there are a different number of fields in a record + (e.g. "Note:" is not always there) + (2) fields can span several lines + (e.g. "Description") + (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records + (e.g. the section and subsection headings) + +Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that +reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines. + +To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following: + +1) Put the following in a file called "script". + +------------------------------cut here------------------------------ +BEGIN { FS = ":"; \ + counter = 0; \ + x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ + x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ + x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ + x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ + x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ + x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ + x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ + x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ + x["Note"] = "Note: " } + + +/^%/ {} + +/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0} + +/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) } + +NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \ + { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \ + x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \ + x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \ + x["Note"] ; \ + x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ + x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ + x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ + x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ + x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ + x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ + x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ + x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ + x["Note"] = "Note: "} + +/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} } +------------------------------cut here------------------------------ + +2) Execute the command + + awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex + +If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that +this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer +versions of awk if necessary.) + +*************************************************************************** + COMING ATTRACTIONS + +%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry +%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a +%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to +%% track down the authors for verification of the information. + +Name: autotab.sty +Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by + reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry + per line. +Keywords: LaTeX, tabular +Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex. + +Name: bnf.sty +Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars + using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by + Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou. +Keywords: LaTeX, BNF +Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known + bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex). +See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex + +Name: chemstruct.tex +Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas. +Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry +Author: Michael Ramek +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several + example figures, each in a separate file. + +Name: crc.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the + 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control. +Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.). + +Name: floatfig.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in + paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of + the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros + are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in + "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987. +Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures +Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche + Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file + (example.tex). + +Name: abbrevfr.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: readme, README, README.initex + +Name: dumyhyph.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: english.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: flisting.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.bug +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.sty +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: french.tst +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchfr.doc +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchla.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlb.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlm.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlr.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchlu.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frencht.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hyconfig.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hymltex2.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: hymltex3.tex +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: initex.bug +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: language.dat +Description: +Keywords: French +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: german3.sty +Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting + German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3 +Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992 +Archives: stuttgart*, aston +See also: german.sty, germanb.sty + +Name: letter.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German. +Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter +Author: Dietmar Heinrich +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 04 May 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex. + +Name: megatape.sty (.doc) +Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels. + Modification of tape.sty (q.v.). +Keywords: LaTeX, cassette +Author: Martin Nickel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex. +See also: tape.sty + +Name: prelim.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts + by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and + time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text + is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.) +Keywords: LaTeX, draft +Author: Robert Tolksdorf +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German. +See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty + +Name: changebar.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a + device-independent way. +Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output +Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: chapref.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference + sections for each chapter in a document. +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside + Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England. +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: chapterbib.sty + +Name: db.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out + letters, etc., using a database. +Keywords: LaTeX, formletter +Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file. + +Name: hndout.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth + Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt + article style. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: Jon Warbrick +Supported: yes +Latest Version: Jan 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: laioobr.sty +Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for + Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For + use with the Babel system? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: Werenfried Spit +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: lcaption.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions + with hanging indentation. +Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: hangcaption.sty + +Name: loval.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for + putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox + command. +Keywords: LaTeX, box +Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex. + +Name: nnfootnote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate + footnote command for unnumbered footnotes. +Keywords: LaTeX, footnote +Author: T Mark Ellison +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: pspic.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard + LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than + using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas + Rokicki's dvips +Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips +Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rmthm.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like + environments by making it easy to change the font style in which + theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress + the numbering of some environments. +Keywords: LaTeX, theorem +Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 14 June 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +See also: theorem.sty + +Name: sines.tex +Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and + 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of + sin(x). +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math +Author: Jim Walker +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tabto.tex +Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left + margin in a paragraph. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX +Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: trigonometry.tex +Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2 + and pi/2. +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, +Author: Philip Taylor +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989. + +Name: verbatimfiles.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in + verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the + inputted file. +Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput +Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: a4letter.sty +Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper. +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4 +Author: D. Heinrich +Supported: no +Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: annotation.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation" + environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored. +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp> +Supported: no +Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: cites.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript + reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses + consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first + sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9) + and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and + bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty + (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty? +Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation +Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: deflist.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment + that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and + adjusts the leftmargin accordingly. +Keywords: LaTeX, list +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: diagram.tex +Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams. +Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams +Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v2.2 +Archives: stuttgart +Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex. + +Name: expdlist.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the + description environment that allows easy customization. +Keywords: LaTeX, list, description +Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). + +Name: frenchponct.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before + the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French + typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before + them). +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French +Author: Y. Roy +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: frenchquote.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the + French double quote marks +Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: garticle.sty +Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German. + Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead. +Keywords: LaTeX, German, article +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty. + +Name: joe.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfarticle.sty +Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font + style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the + bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See + the BABEL system instead. +Keywords: LaTeX, article, font +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart10.sty +Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart11.sty +Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sfart12.sty +Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. +Keywords: LaTeX, article +Author: B. Simon and H. Partl +Supported: no +Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: unilogo.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for + generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from + 15mm to 75mm in diameter. +Keywords: LaTeX, picture +Author: Gert Willmann +Supported: no +Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + + COLORTEX + +Name: colorrgb.tex +Description: +Keywords: ColorTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex + +Name: euro.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: mancolor.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: rapport.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: + +Name: dirkslides.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: dirkslides-sample.tex + +Name: dinbrief.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for German letters? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german +Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 11 May 1992 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc. + +Name: ipebrief.sty +Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart? +Keywords: LaTeX, letter +Author: W. Schwarz +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo + +Name: ruspaper.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: B. Burr +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rustitel.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: uni.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: usus.readme + +Name: us10.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: us11.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: us12.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: stickers.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Mark Overmars +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: stickerdoc.tex + +Name: ailetter.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: bridge.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: dblitem.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: invertedparagraphs.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: logo-denk.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: regel.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: T. Birnthaler +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rnl-slides.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX +Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: sentences.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: shsulet.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston + +Name: sqmac.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Michael Barr +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: sqsample.tex + +Name: sqrt.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: strukto.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: T. Birnthaler +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tl-sample.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: yes +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: timing.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: read.me, timing.tex + +Name: tksbrief.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990 +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: tksbrief.tex +See also: privat.sty + +Name: privat.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: dina4.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: disstyle.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: Gabriele Kruljac +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989 +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: nl.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: rahmen.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: tabbingbox.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston +Note: tables-doc.tex + +Name: topnum.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: unfinished.tex +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, +Author: +Supported: no +Latest Version: +Archives: stuttgart, aston + +Name: texinfo.tex +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + +Name: semitic.sty +Description: +Keywords: +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: + + jTeX + + muTeX + + MusicTeX + +cmcscsl10.mf + +*Additional BibTeX styles + +The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the +directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex. + +Name: aaai-named.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: apalike2.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Eric Ho <eho@word> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: astron.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: authordate1-4.sty +Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX + bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and + authordate4. +Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Feb 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate1.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate2.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate3.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, + authordate4.bst + +Name: authordate4.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: Mar 1990 +Archives: utah +See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, + authordate3.bst + +Name: bbs.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was + adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. + Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: cbe.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by + Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was + adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. + Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: cell.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst + +Name: cell.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty + +Name: humanbio.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted + from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's + `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: humannat.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American + Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating + features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.sty. + +Name: is-abbrv.bst +Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style + (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-alpha.bst +Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style + (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-plain.bst +Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style + (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst + +Name: is-unsrt.bst +Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style + (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a + PERIODICAL bibliography type. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah* +See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst + +Name: jbact.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah +Note: Requires jbact.sty. + +Name: jbact.sty +Description: LaTeX +Keywords: LaTeX +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah +See also: jbact.bst + +Name: jmb.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular + Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z +Note: jmb.sty + +Name: jtb.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more + or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was + adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> +Supported: no +Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 +Archives: utah +Note: Requires astron.bst. + +Name: namunsrt.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah + +Name: nar.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid + Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991 +Archives: utah +Note: nar.sty + +Name: nature.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>) +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty + +Name: nature.sty +Description: +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty + +Name: newapa.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, + <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston + +Name: newapa.sty +Description: +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and + Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>?? +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: +Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston + +Name: phaip.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: yes +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phapalik.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phcpc.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phiaea.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phjcp.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phnf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phnflet.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phpf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phppcf.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phreport.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: phrmp.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 +Archives: utah + +Name: plainyr.bst +Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style + (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that + order. +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992 +Archives: utah + +Name: science.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst + +Name: science.sty +Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science? +Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty + +Name: control.bst +Description: BibTeX bibliography style +Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography +Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> +Supported: ??? +Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 +Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst + +=========================================================================== + +% Keep these lines at the end of the file! +% Local Variables: +% fill-column: 72 +% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c2f95e7da33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% %% +%% A S C I I wall chart %% +%% %% +%% by Victor Eijkhout %% +%% eijkhout@cs.utk.edu %% +%% %% +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% +%% Choose your favourite format: +% +\nopagenumbers %% 2 lines +\vsize=28cm %% for PLAIN TeX +%\documentstyle{article} %% 4 lines for LaTeX +%\begin{document} %% not that it matters anything, +%\pagestyle{empty} %% rest of the document +%\setlength{\textheight}{28cm} %% is 'pure' TeX. +%%%%%% and don't forget the \bye / \end{document} at the end!! %%%%%%% +%% fonts +\font\bitfont=cmr7 \fontdimen3\bitfont=3mm +\font\codefont=cmr5 +\font\namefont=cmss10 scaled 1200 +\font\titlefont=cmss10 scaled 1440 +\font\commentfont=cmss10 +%% counts and dimens +\newdimen\thinlinewidth \thinlinewidth=.25mm +\newdimen\fatlinewidth \fatlinewidth=.5mm +\newdimen\rowheight \rowheight=1cm +\newdimen\colwidth \colwidth=1.6cm +\newdimen\Colwidth \Colwidth=2\colwidth + \advance\Colwidth by \thinlinewidth +\newdimen\topwhite \topwhite=2pt +\newdimen\botwhite \botwhite=3pt +\newdimen\leftwhite \leftwhite=2pt +\newdimen\rightwhite \rightwhite=2pt +\newcount\rowcount \rowcount=-1 %% note! +\newcount\colcount \colcount=0 +\newcount\thenumber +%% tidbits +\def\\{$\backslash$} +\def\thinline{\vrule width \thinlinewidth} +\def\fatline{\vrule width \fatlinewidth} +\tolerance=10000 +\vbadness=10000 +%% code conversion +\def\calcnumber{{\multiply\colcount by 16 + \advance\colcount by \rowcount + \global\thenumber=\colcount}} +\def\deccode{\number\thenumber} +\def\octcode{{\ifnum\thenumber>63 + \advance\thenumber by -64 + \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8 + 1\number\count0 + \else \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8 + \ifnum\count0>0 \number\count0 \fi\fi + \multiply\count0 by 8 + \advance\thenumber by -\count0 + \number\thenumber}} +\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or + 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or + \edef\tmp{\message{illegal hex digit + \number#1}}\tmp + \fi} +\def\hexcode{{\count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 16 + \ifnum\count0>0 \hexdigit{\count0}\fi + \multiply\count0 by 16 + \advance\thenumber by -\count0 \count0=\thenumber + \hexdigit{\count0}}} +%% the heading +\def\threebit#1#2#3{\vbox to 1.2\rowheight{\bitfont + \vskip\topwhite + \hbox to \colwidth{\hskip\leftwhite#1\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#2\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#3\hskip\rightwhite} + \vskip\botwhite}} +\def\comment#1{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm + \vfil + \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil} + \vfil}} +\def\dcomment#1#2{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm + \vfil + \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil} + \vskip \botwhite + \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#2\hfil} + \vfil}} +\def\bithead{\vbox to \colwidth{\hsize=1.5\colwidth + \vskip\topwhite + \hbox to \hsize{\commentfont\hfil BITS\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \hsize{\bitfont\ b4 b3 b2 b1 } + \vskip\botwhite}} +%% routines for single chars +\def\fourbit#1\fb{\vbox to \rowheight{ + \vfil + \hbox to 1.5\colwidth{\bitfont #1\ } + \vfil}% + \global\advance\rowcount by 1 + \global\colcount=0} +\def\asc#1\ii{\calcnumber + \vbox to \rowheight{\offinterlineskip + \vskip\topwhite + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont + \hskip\leftwhite + \deccode\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\vrule width 0cm + height 10pt depth 2pt + \namefont + \hfil#1\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont + \hskip\leftwhite + \hexcode\hfil\octcode + \hskip\rightwhite} + \vskip\botwhite}% + \global\advance\colcount by 1} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and now the table itself %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\vbox{ +\halign{\fourbit#\fb&\fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& + \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& + \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& + \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii\fatline\cr + \omit&\multispan8 \hskip\thinlinewidth + \titlefont ASCII CONTROL CODE CHART\hfil\cr + \noalign{\vskip3mm \hrule} + \omit\hfil\threebit{b7}{b6}{b5} + &\omit\fatline\threebit000&\omit\thinline\threebit001% + &\omit\fatline\threebit010&\omit\thinline\threebit011% + &\omit\fatline\threebit100&\omit\thinline\threebit101% + &\omit\fatline\threebit110&\omit\thinline\threebit111% + \fatline\cr + \noalign{\vskip-.5mm} %brute force + \omit\bithead + &\omit\fatline\comment{CONTROL}\span\omit + &\omit\fatline\dcomment{SYMBOLS}{NUMBERS}\span\omit + &\omit\fatline\comment{UPPER CASE}\span\omit + &\omit\fatline\comment{LOWER CASE}\span\omit\hfil\fatline\cr + \noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 0 0&NUL&DLE&SP &0 &@ &P &` &p \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 0 1&SOH&DC1&! &1 &A &Q &a &q \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 1 0&STX&DC2&" &2 &B &R &b &r \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 0 1 1&ETX&DC3&\# &3 &C &S &c &s \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 0 0&EOT&DC4&\$ &4 &D &T &d &t \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 0 1&ENQ&NAK&\% &5 &E &U &e &u \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 1 0&ACK&SYN&\& &6 &F &V &f &v \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 0 1 1 1&BEL&ETB&' &7 &G &W &g &w \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 0 0&BS &CAN&( &8 &H &X &h &x \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 0 1&HT &EM &) &9 &I &Y &i &y \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 1 0&LF &SUB&* &: &J &Z &j &z \cr\noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 0 1 1&VT &ESC&+ &; &K &[ &k &$\{$\cr \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 0 0&FF &FS &, &$<$&L &\\ &l &$|$ \cr \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 0 1&CR &GS &$-$ &= &M &] &m &$\}$\cr \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 1 0&SO &RS &. &$>$&N &\char94 &n &\char126\cr + \noalign{\hrule} + {} 1 1 1 1&SI &US &/ &? &O &\_$\!$\_&o &DEL\cr\noalign{\hrule} + \noalign{\vskip2mm} + \omit&\omit\namefont \hfil LEGEND:\hfil \span\omit + &\multispan4\hskip\fatlinewidth + \vtop{\vskip-10pt\hbox{\vrule + \vbox to \rowheight{ + \offinterlineskip + \hrule\vskip \topwhite + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite + dec\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\namefont\hfil CHAR\hfil} + \vfil + \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite + hex\hfil oct + \hskip\rightwhite} + \vskip\botwhite + \hrule }% + \vrule}} + \hfil + &\multispan2\bitfont \hskip\fatlinewidth + \vtop{\vskip-8pt\baselineskip=8.5pt + \hbox{Victor Eijkhout} + \rlap{Dept. of Comp. Sci.} + \rlap{University of Tennessee} + \rlap{Knoxville TN 37996, USA} + }\hfil\cr + } +} +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and that's it folks! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% + +\bye %% PLAIN TeX +%\end{document} %% LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8fd26a4b136 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan @@ -0,0 +1,298 @@ +This file is maintained by Robin Fairbairns (rf@cl.cam.ac.uk); please +mail any suggestions or details of problems, etc. + +a4 + macros/latex/contrib/supported/a4/ +a4dutch + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a4dutch.sty +a4wide + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/a4wide.sty +a5 + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5.sty +a5comb + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/a5comb.sty +afterpage + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/ +alltt + ==> macros/latex/base/ +amsbsy + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsbsy.sty +amscd + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amscd.sty +amsfonts + fonts/amsfonts/latex/amsfonts.sty +amssymb + fonts/amsfonts/latex/amssymb.sty +amstex superseded by + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amsmath.sty +amstext + macros/latex/packages/amslatex/inputs/amstext.sty +apalike + biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.sty + biblio/bibtex/contrib/apalike.bst +array + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/ +authordate1-4 + biblio/bibtex/contrib/authordate1-4.sty +avant + fonts/metrics/adobe/avantgar/sty/avantgar.sty +babel + macros/latex/packages/babel/ +bar + macros/latex209/contrib/bar.sty +basker + fonts/metrics/monotype/baskervi/sty/baskervi.sty +bembo + fonts/metrics/adobe/bembo/sty/bembo.sty +beton + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton/ +bezier +* ==> macros/latex/base/ +biblist + macros/latex209/contrib/biblist/ +bibmods + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibmods.sty +bibunits + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/bibunits.sty +bookman + fonts/metrics/adobe/bookman/sty/bookman.sty + fonts/metrics/monotype/bookman/sty/bookman.sty +boxedminipage + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/boxedminipage.sty +calc + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/calc/ +changebar + macros/latex/contrib/supported/changbar/ +chapterbib + macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/chapterbib.sty +chicago + biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicago.sty + biblio/bibtex/contrib/chicagoa.bst +cite + macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/ +citesort + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/ +color + ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics +colordvi + dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.sty + dviware/dvips/dvips/colordvi.tex +concrete superseded by + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/beton +curves + macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curves.sty +curvesls + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/curves/curvesls.sty +dcolumn + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +delarray + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +doc +* ==> macros/latex/base +doublespace + [use setspace instead] +draftcopy + macros/latex/contrib/suppported/draftcopy/ +eclbip + ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip +ecltree + ==> macros/latex209/contrib/eclbip +eepic + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic +eepicemu + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/eepic +endfloat + macros/latex/contrib/supported/endfloat/ +endnotes + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/endnotes.sty +enumerate + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +epic + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/epic/ +epsfig + ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics +eufrak + ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss +euler + macros/latex/contrib/supported/euler/ +euscript + fonts/amsfonts/latex/euscript.sty +exscale + ==> macros/latex/base +fancybox + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar/inputs/fancybox.sty +fancyheadings + macros/latex/contrib/other/fancyheadings/ +flafter + ==> macros/latex/base +float + macros/latex/contrib/supported/float +floatfig + macros/latex209/contrib/floatfig/ +fnpara + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/fnpara.sty +footnpag + macros/latex/contrib/supported/footnpag/ +french + language/french/inputs/french.sty +ftnright + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +garamond + fonts/metrics/monotype/garamond/sty/garamond.sty +german + ==> languages/german/german.dtx +graphics + ==> macros/latex/packages/graphics +hackalloc + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/localloc +hangcaption + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/hangcaption.sty +harvard + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/harvard +helvet + fonts/metrics/adobe/helvetic/sty/helvetic.sty +here + (obsolete; incorporated in float.sty) +hhline + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +ifthen + ==> macros/latex/base +indentfirst + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +index + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/index.doc +isolatin1 + (use inputenc instead) +jmb + biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.sty + biblio/bibtex/contrib/jmb.bst +latexsym + ==> macros/latex/base +layout + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools/ +letterspace + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/letterspace.sty +longtable + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +lscape + macros/latex/contrib/misc/lscape.sty +lucid + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +lucidbr + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +lucmath + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +makeidx + ==> macros/latex/base +minitoc + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/ +minitocoff + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/minitoc/ +moreverb + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/moreverb/ +mtimes + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss/ +multibox + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multibox.sty +multicol + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +multind + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multind.sty +multirow + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/multirow.sty +named + biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/named.sty +nar + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nar.sty +natbib + macros/latex/contrib/supported/natbib/ +nature + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/nature.sty +newapa + biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.bst + biblio/bibtex/contrib/newapa.sty +newcent + fonts/metrics/adobe/newcentu/sty/newcentu.sty +newlfont + ==> macros/latex/base/ +oldgerm + ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss +oldlfont + ==> macros/latex/base +openbib + ==> macros/latex/base +overcite + macros/latex/contrib/supported/cite/ +palatino + fonts/metrics/adobe/palatino/sty/palatino.sty +pandora + ==> macros/latex/packages/mfnfss +picinpar + macros/latex209/contrib/picinpar/ +pifont + ==> macros/latex/packages/psnfss +portland + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/portland.sty +program + macros/latex/contrib/supported/program/ +psboxit + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/psboxit.sty +pstimesm + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/pstimesm.sty +rotate + dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.sty + dviware/dvips/dvips/rotate.tex +rotating + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/rotating +seminar + ==> macros/latex/contrib/other/seminar +setspace [new] + macros/latex/contrib/supported/setspace/setspace.sty +shadow + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/shadow.sty +shapepar + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/shapepar.sty +showidx + ==> macros/latex/base +showtags + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/showtags.sty +subfigure + macros/latex/contrib/suported/subfigure/ +supertab + ==> macros/latex/contrib/supported/supertabular +syntonly + ==> macros/latex/base +t1enc + ==> macros/latex/base +tabularx + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +theorem + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +threeparttable + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/threeparttable.sty +times + fonts/metrics/adobe/times/sty/times.sty +tracefnt + ==> macros/latex/base +trees + macros/latex/contrib/supported/treesvr +ulem + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/ulem.sty +varioref + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +verbatim + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +version + macros/latex209/contrib/misc/version.sty +vpage superseded by + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/vmargin.sty 1994/09/20 +wrapfig + macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/wrapfig.sty +xr + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools +xspace + ==> macros/latex/packages/tools diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2016f64bd50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1892 @@ + CSNAME.TXT + +This file contains all unique control sequences used by TeX and the +pricipal macro packages in use at AMS: + Plain: primitives; plain.tex + AMS-TeX: amstex.tex, amsppt.sty + LaTeX: (not yet installed) + + +\ *primitive (control space) +\! plain.tex +\" plain.tex +\# plain.tex +\$ plain.tex +\% plain.tex +\& plain.tex +\' plain.tex +\( plain.tex +\) plain.tex +\* plain.tex +\+ plain.tex +\, plain.tex +\- *primitive (discretionary hyphen) +\. plain.tex +\/ *primitive (italic correction) +\/ plain.tex +\: plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\; plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\< plain.tex +\= plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\> plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\? plain.tex +\*@@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*@box(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*@true(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string) +\*box@(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string) +\*Zat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\*ZZat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) +\@ amstex.tex +\@cclv plain.tex +\@cclvi plain.tex +\@crfalse plain.tex +\@crtrue plain.tex +\@foot plain.tex +\@if plain.tex +\@ins plain.tex +\@lign plain.tex +\@m plain.tex +\@M plain.tex +\@midfalse plain.tex +\@midtrue plain.tex +\@MM plain.tex +\@ne plain.tex +\@nother plain.tex +\@penup plain.tex +\@sf plain.tex +\@vereq plain.tex +\aa plain.tex +\AA plain.tex +\above *primitive +\abovedisplayshortskip *primitive +\abovedisplayskip *primitive +\abovewithdelims *primitive +\abstract amsppt.sty +\abstract@ amsppt.sty +\abstract@true amsppt.sty +\accent *primitive +\accentdimen@ amstex.tex +\accentedsymbol amstex.tex +\accentfam@ amstex.tex +\accentmu@ amstex.tex +\active plain.tex +\acute plain.tex +\Acute amstex.tex +\acuteaccent amstex.tex +\address amsppt.sty +\addresscount@ amsppt.sty +\address* amsppt.sty (expands to *i, *ii, etc.) +\addressnum@ amsppt.sty +\adjdemerits *primitive +\adjustfootnotemark amsppt.sty +\advance *primitive +\advancepageno plain.tex +\ae plain.tex +\AE plain.tex +\affil amsppt.sty +\affil@true amsppt.sty +\affilbox@ amsppt.sty +\after amstex.tex +\afterassignment *primitive +\afterbook@false amsppt.sty +\afterbook@true amsppt.sty +\aftergroup *primitive +\aleph plain.tex +\align amstex.tex +\align@ amstex.tex +\alignat amstex.tex +\alignat@ amstex.tex +\aligned amstex.tex +\aligned@ amstex.tex +\alignedat amstex.tex +\alloc@ plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\alloc@true amstex.tex +\allocationnumber plain.tex +\alloclist@ amstex.tex +\allowbreak plain.tex +\allowdisplaybreak@ amstex.tex +\allowlinebreak amstex.tex +\allowmathbreak amstex.tex +\alpha plain.tex +\amalg plain.tex +\ampersand@ amstex.tex +\amspptloaded@AmS amsppt.sty +\AmSTeX amstex.tex +\amstexloaded@ amstex.tex +\and amstex.tex +\and@ amstex.tex +\angle plain.tex +\ans@ amstex.tex +\Ans@ amstex.tex +\appendit@ amstex.tex +\approx plain.tex +\arccos plain.tex +\arcsin plain.tex +\arctan plain.tex +\arg plain.tex +\arrowvert plain.tex +\Arrowvert plain.tex +\ast plain.tex +\asymp plain.tex +\at@ amstex.tex +\atcount@ amstex.tex +\atdef@ amstex.tex +\athelp@ amstex.tex +\athelpZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atop *primitive +\atopwithdelims *primitive +\attag@ amstex.tex +\atZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atZZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atZZZ(csname) amstex.tex +\atZZZZ(csname) amstex.tex +\author amsppt.sty +\author@true amsppt.sty +\authorbox@ amsppt.sty +\b plain.tex +\B amstex.tex +\backslash plain.tex +\badans@false amstex.tex +\badans@true amstex.tex +\bar plain.tex +\Bar amstex.tex +\baselineskip *primitive +\batchmode *primitive +\Bbb amstex.tex +\Bbb@ amstex.tex +\Bbb@@ amstex.tex +\begingroup *primitive +\beginsection *primitive +\belowdisplayshortskip *primitive +\belowdisplayskip *primitive +\beta plain.tex +\bf plain.tex +\bffam plain.tex +\bffam@ amstex.tex +\bgroup plain.tex +\big plain.tex +\Big plain.tex +\bigaw@ amstex.tex +\bigbreak plain.tex +\bigcap plain.tex +\bigcap@ amstex.tex +\bigcirc plain.tex +\bigcup plain.tex +\bigcup@ amstex.tex +\bigg plain.tex +\Bigg plain.tex +\biggl plain.tex +\Biggl plain.tex +\biggm plain.tex +\Biggm plain.tex +\biggr plain.tex +\Biggr plain.tex +\bigl plain.tex +\Bigl plain.tex +\bigm plain.tex +\Bigm plain.tex +\bigodot plain.tex +\bigodot@ amstex.tex +\bigoplus plain.tex +\bigoplus@ amstex.tex +\bigotimes plain.tex +\bigotimes@ amstex.tex +\bigpagebreak amstex.tex +\bigr plain.tex +\Bigr plain.tex +\bigskip plain.tex +\bigskipamount plain.tex +\bigsqcup plain.tex +\bigsqcup@ amstex.tex +\bigtriangledown plain.tex +\bigtriangleup plain.tex +\biguplus plain.tex +\biguplus@ amstex.tex +\bigvee plain.tex +\bigvee@ amstex.tex +\bigvspace amstex.tex +\bigwedge plain.tex +\bigwedge@ amstex.tex +\binom amstex.tex +\binoppenalty *primitive +\binrel@ amstex.tex +\binrel@@ amstex.tex +\black@ amstex.tex +\BlackBoxes amstex.tex +\bmatrix amstex.tex +\bmod plain.tex +\body plain.tex +\bold amstex.tex +\bold@ amstex.tex +\bold@@ amstex.tex +\boldDelta amstex.tex +\boldGamma amstex.tex +\boldLambda amstex.tex +\boldOmega amstex.tex +\boldPhi amstex.tex +\boldPi amstex.tex +\boldPsi amstex.tex +\boldSigma amstex.tex +\boldTheta amstex.tex +\boldUpsilon amstex.tex +\boldXi amstex.tex +\book amsppt.sty +\book@false amsppt.sty +\book@true amsppt.sty +\bookbox@ amsppt.sty +\bookinfo amsppt.sty +\bookinfo@false amsppt.sty +\bookinfobox@ amsppt.sty +\bordermatrix plain.tex +\bot plain.tex +\bot@false amstex.tex +\bot@true amstex.tex +\botaligned amstex.tex +\botfolded@false amstex.tex +\botfolded@true amstex.tex +\botfoldedtext amstex.tex +\botmark *primitive +\botshave amstex.tex +\botsmash amstex.tex +\bowtie plain.tex +\box *primitive +\box255 *primitive (page contents) +\boxed amstex.tex +\boxmaxdepth *primitive +\brace plain.tex +\braceld plain.tex +\bracelu plain.tex +\bracerd plain.tex +\braceru plain.tex +\bracevert plain.tex +\brack plain.tex +\break plain.tex +\breve plain.tex +\Breve amstex.tex +\brokenpenalty *primitive +\buffer amstex.tex +\buffer@ amstex.tex +\buildrel plain.tex +\bullet plain.tex +\bunch amstex.tex +\bunchtag amstex.tex +\by amsppt.sty +\by@false amsppt.sty +\by@true amsppt.sty +\bybox@ amsppt.sty +\bye plain.tex +\bysame amsppt.sty +\bysame@false amsppt.sty +\bysame@true amsppt.sty +\bysamebox@ amsppt.sty +\c amstex.tex (center, in \matrix) +\c plain.tex +\c@ncel plain.tex +\cal plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\Cal amstex.tex +\Cal@ amstex.tex +\Cal@@ amstex.tex +\cap plain.tex +\caption amstex.tex +\captionwidth amstex.tex +\captionwidth@ amstex.tex +\cases plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\catcode *primitive +\CD amstex.tex +\CD@true amstex.tex +\cdot plain.tex +\cdotp plain.tex +\cdots plain.tex +\CenteredTagsOnSplits amstex.tex +\centering plain.tex +\centering@ amstex.tex +\centerline plain.tex +\cfrac amstex.tex +\cfraccount@ amstex.tex +\ch@ck plain.tex +\ChangeBuffer amstex.tex +\char *primitive +\chardef *primitive +\check plain.tex +\Check amstex.tex +\chi plain.tex +\choose plain.tex +\circ plain.tex +\cite amsppt.sty +\classnum@ amstex.tex +\cleaders *primitive +\cleartabs plain.tex +\closein *primitive +\closeout *primitive +\clubpenalty *primitive +\clubsuit plain.tex +\colon plain.tex +\columns plain.tex +\comment amstex.tex +\comment@ amstex.tex +\comment@@ amstex.tex +\comment@@@ amstex.tex +\cong plain.tex +\coprod plain.tex +\coprod@ amstex.tex +\copy plain.tex +\copyright plain.tex +\cos plain.tex +\cosh plain.tex +\cot plain.tex +\coth plain.tex +\count *primitive +\count@ plain.tex +\count0 plain.tex (page number, \pageno) +\countdef *primitive +\countxviii@ amstex.tex +\cr *primitive +\CR@ amstex.tex +\crcr *primitive +\csc plain.tex +\csname *primitive +\ctagsplit@false amstex.tex +\ctagsplit@true amstex.tex +\cup plain.tex +\d plain.tex +\D amstex.tex +\dag plain.tex +\dagger plain.tex +\dashv plain.tex +\date amsppt.sty +\date@ amsppt.sty +\date@true amsppt.sty +\day *primitive +\dbinom amstex.tex +\ddag plain.tex +\ddagger plain.tex +\ddddot amstex.tex +\dddot amstex.tex +\ddot plain.tex +\Ddot amstex.tex +\ddots plain.tex +\deadcycles *primitive +\def *primitive (use discouraged by amstex.tex; see \define) +\defahelp@ amstex.tex +\defaulthelp@ amstex.tex +\defaulthyphenchar *primitive +\defaultskewchar *primitive +\defbhelp@ amstex.tex +\define amstex.tex +\define@ amstex.tex +\define@@ amstex.tex +\deg plain.tex +\delcode *primitive +\delimiter *primitive +\delimiterfactor *primitive +\delimitershortfall *primitive +\delta plain.tex +\Delta plain.tex +\demo amsppt.sty +\demo@ amsppt.sty +\demonp % amsppt.sty +\det plain.tex +\dfrac amstex.tex +\diamond plain.tex +\diamondsuit plain.tex +\dim plain.tex +\dimen *primitive +\dimen@ plain.tex +\dimen@i plain.tex +\dimen@ii plain.tex +\dimendef *primitive +\dimentomu@ amstex.tex +\disabletabs amstex.tex +\DisableTabs amstex.tex +\discretionary *primitive +\displ@y plain.tex +\displ@y@ amstex.tex +\displaybreak amstex.tex +\displaybreak@ amstex.tex +\displayindent *primitive +\displaylimits *primitive +\displaylines plain.tex +\displaystyle *primitive +\displaywidowpenalty *primitive +\displaywidth *primitive +\displaywidth@ amstex.tex +\div plain.tex +\divide *primitive +\dlsl@ amstex.tex +\dmatherr@ amstex.tex +\do plain.tex +\doat@ amstex.tex +\document amstex.tex % amsppt.sty +\documentstyle amstex.tex +\dodummy@ amstex.tex +\dospecials plain.tex +\dosupereject plain.tex +\dot plain.tex +\Dot amstex.tex +\doteq plain.tex +\dotfill plain.tex +\dots plain.tex +\DOTS@ amstex.tex +\DOTS@@ amstex.tex +\DOTS@false amstex.tex +\DOTS@true amstex.tex +\dotsb amstex.tex +\DOTSB amstex.tex +\dotsb@ amstex.tex +\dotsc amstex.tex +\DOTSCASE@ amstex.tex +\dotsi amstex.tex +\DOTSI amstex.tex +\dotsm amstex.tex +\dotso@ amstex.tex +\dotsspace@ amstex.tex +\DOTSX amstex.tex +\doublehyphendemerits *primitive +\downarrow plain.tex +\Downarrow plain.tex +\downbracefill plain.tex +\dp *primitive +\drsr@ amstex.tex +\dsize amstex.tex +\dt@pfalse plain.tex +\dt@ptrue plain.tex +\dummyft@ amstex.tex +\dump *primitive +\eat@ amstex.tex +\edef *primitive +\egroup plain.tex +\eightbf amsppt.sty +\eightbig@ amsppt.sty +\eighti amsppt.sty +\eightit amsppt.sty +\eightpoint amsppt.sty +\eightrm amsppt.sty +\eightsl amsppt.sty +\eightsy amsppt.sty +\eject plain.tex +\ell plain.tex +\else *primitive +\empty plain.tex +\emptyset plain.tex +\enabletabs amstex.tex +\EnableTabs amstex.tex +\enabletabs@ amstex.tex +\end *primitive +\endalign amstex.tex +\endalignat amstex.tex +\endaligned amstex.tex +\endalignedat amstex.tex +\endauthor amsppt.sty +\endbmatrix amstex.tex +\endbotaligned amstex.tex +\endcases amstex.tex +\endCD amstex.tex +\endcfrac amstex.tex +\endcomment amstex.tex +\endcsname *primitive +\enddemo amsppt.sty +\enddocument amstex.tex +\endgather amstex.tex +\endgathered amstex.tex +\endgraf plain.tex +\endgroup *primitive +\endheading amsppt.sty +\endinput *primitive +\endinsert plain.tex +\endline plain.tex +\endlinechar *primitive +\endmatrix amstex.tex +\endmultline amstex.tex +\endpmatrix amstex.tex +\endproclaim amsppt.sty +\endref amsppt.sty +\endref@ amsppt.sty +\endroster amsppt.sty +\endSb amstex.tex +\endsmallmatrix amstex.tex +\endSp amstex.tex +\endsplit amstex.tex +\endtitle amsppt.sty +\endtopaligned amstex.tex +\endtopmatter amsppt.sty +\endvmatrix amstex.tex +\endVmatrix amstex.tex +\endxalignat amstex.tex +\endxxalignat amstex.tex +\enskip plain.tex +\enspace plain.tex +\epsilon plain.tex +\eqalign plain.tex +\eqalignno plain.tex +\eqno *primitive +\equiv plain.tex +\err@ amstex.tex +\Err@ amstex.tex +\errhelp *primitive +\errmessage *primitive +\errorstopmode *primitive +\errZ(csname) amstex.tex +\escapechar *primitive +\eta plain.tex +\everycr *primitive +\everydisplay *primitive +\everyhbox *primitive +\everyjob *primitive +\everymath *primitive +\everypar *primitive +\everypartoks@ amsppt.sty +\everyvbox *primitive +\ex@ amstex.tex +\exhyphenpenalty *primitive +\exists plain.tex +\exp plain.tex +\expandafter *primitive +\extra@ amstex.tex +\extra@false amstex.tex +\extra@true amstex.tex +\extrap@ amstex.tex +\f@@t plain.tex +\f@t plain.tex +\fam *primitive +\familycount@ amstex.tex +\fi *primitive +\filbreak *primitive +\filhss@ amsppt.sty +\finalhyphendemerits *primitive +\finalinfo amsppt.sty +\finalinfo@false amsppt.sty +\finalinfobox@ amsppt.sty +\findlimits@ amstex.tex +\finph@nt plain.tex +\finsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\firstitem@false amsppt.sty +\firstitem@true amsppt.sty +\firstmark *primitive +\firstref@false amsppt.sty +\firstref@true amsppt.sty +\fivebf plain.tex +\fivei plain.tex +\fivemsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\fivemsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\fiverm plain.tex +\fivesy plain.tex +\flat plain.tex +\floatingpenalty *primitive +\flushpar amstex.tex +\fmtname plain.tex +\Fmtname amstex.tex +\fmtversion plain.tex +\Fmtversion amstex.tex +\fo@t plain.tex +\foldedtext amstex.tex +\foldedtext@ amstex.tex +\foldedwidth amstex.tex +\folio plain.tex +\font *primitive +\font@ amsppt.sty +\fontdimen *primitive +\fontlist@ amstex.tex +\fontname *primitive +\footins plain.tex +\footline plain.tex +\footmarkcount@ amstex.tex +\footmarkcount@@ amstex.tex +\footmarkform@ amsppt.sty +\footnote plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\footnote (redefined in amsppt.sty) +\footnotemark amsppt.sty +\footnoterule plain.tex (redefined in amsppt.sty) +\footnotetext amsppt.sty +\footstrut plain.tex +\for amstex.tex +\forall plain.tex +\format amstex.tex +\format@ amstex.tex +\frac amstex.tex +\fracwithdelims amstex.tex +\frenchspacing plain.tex +\frown plain.tex +\futurelet *primitive +\futureletnextat@ amstex.tex +\futureletnextatZ(csname) amstex.tex +\G@ amstex.tex +\galign@ amstex.tex +\galleys amstex.tex +\galleys@true amstex.tex +\gamma plain.tex +\Gamma plain.tex +\garbage@ amstex.tex +\gather amstex.tex +\gathered amstex.tex +\gcd plain.tex +\gdef *primitive +\gdef@ amstex.tex +\gdisplaywidth@ amstex.tex +\ge plain.tex +\geq plain.tex +\getmathch@ amstex.tex +\getpoints@ amstex.tex +\gets plain.tex +\gg plain.tex +\glineht@ amstex.tex +\global *primitive +\globaldefs *primitive +\gloop@ amstex.tex +\gmaxwidth@ amstex.tex +\gmeasure@ amstex.tex +\goodbreak plain.tex +\grave plain.tex +\Grave amstex.tex +\graveaccent amstex.tex +\gwidth@ amstex.tex +\H plain.tex +\h@false plain.tex +\h@true plain.tex +\halign *primitive +\hang plain.tex +\hangafter *primitive +\hangindent *primitive +\hashtoks@ amstex.tex +\haswidth amstex.tex +\hat plain.tex +\Hat amstex.tex +\hataccent amstex.tex +\hbadness *primitive +\hbar plain.tex +\hbox *primitive +\hcorrection amstex.tex +\hdots amstex.tex +\hdotsfor amstex.tex +\heading amsppt.sty +\headingbox@ amsppt.sty +\headline plain.tex +\heartsuit plain.tex +\hexnumber@ amstex.tex +\hfil *primitive +\hfill *primitive +\hfilneg *primitive +\hfuzz *primitive +\hgl@ plain.tex +\hglue plain.tex +\hideskip plain.tex +\hidewidth plain.tex +\hoffset *primitive +\hom plain.tex +\hookleftarrow plain.tex +\hookrightarrow plain.tex +\hphantom plain.tex +\hrule *primitive +\hrulefill plain.tex +\hsize *primitive +\hskip *primitive +\hss *primitive +\ht *primitive +\hyphenation *primitive +\hyphenchar *primitive +\hyphenpenalty *primitive +\i plain.tex +\ialign plain.tex +\ic@ amstex.tex +\idotsint amstex.tex +\if *primitive +\if@ plain.tex +\if@cr plain.tex +\if@mid plain.tex +\ifabstract@ amsppt.sty +\ifaffil@ amsppt.sty +\ifafterbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifalloc@ amstex.tex +\ifauthor@ amsppt.sty +\ifbadans@ amstex.tex +\ifbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifbookinfo@ amsppt.sty +\ifbot@ amstex.tex +\ifbotfolded@ amstex.tex +\ifby@ amsppt.sty +\ifbysame@ amsppt.sty +\ifcase *primitive +\ifcat *primitive +\ifCD@ amstex.tex +\ifctagsplit@ amstex.tex +\ifdate@ amsppt.sty +\ifdim *primitive +\ifDOTS@ amstex.tex +\ifdt@p plain.tex +\ifeof *primitive +\ifextra@ amstex.tex +\iff plain.tex +\iffalse *primitive +\iffinalinfo@ amsppt.sty +\iffirstitem@ amsppt.sty +\iffirstref@ amsppt.sty +\ifgalleys@ amstex.tex +\ifh@ plain.tex +\ifhbox *primitive +\ifhmode *primitive +\ifin@ amstex.tex +\ifinalign@ amstex.tex +\ifinany@ amstex.tex +\ifinbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifingather@ amstex.tex +\ifinner *primitive +\ifissue@ amsppt.sty +\ifjour@ amsppt.sty +\ifkey@ amsppt.sty +\ifkeybin@ amstex.tex +\iflastref@ amsppt.sty +\iflimits@ amstex.tex +\iflimtoken@ amstex.tex +\iflogo@ amsppt.sty +\ifmacro@ amstex.tex +\ifmanyby@ amsppt.sty +\ifmath@ amstex.tex +\ifmathbin@ amstex.tex +\ifmathch@ amstex.tex +\ifmathrel@ amstex.tex +\ifmathtags@ amstex.tex +\ifmeasuring@ amstex.tex +\ifmid@ amstex.tex +\ifmmode *primitive +\ifnextRunin@ amsppt.sty +\ifno@ amsppt.sty +\ifnofrills@ amsppt.sty +\ifnojourinfo@ amsppt.sty +\ifnot@ amstex.tex +\ifnum *primitive +\ifodd *primitive +\ifonecr@ amstex.tex +\ifp@ge plain.tex +\ifpage@ amsppt.sty +\ifpages@ amsppt.sty +\ifpaper@ amsppt.sty +\ifpaperinfo@ amsppt.sty +\ifprevbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifprevinbook@ amsppt.sty +\ifprevjour@ amsppt.sty +\ifproclaim@ amsppt.sty +\ifpubl@ amsppt.sty +\ifpubladdr@ amsppt.sty +\ifr@ggedbottom plain.tex +\ifrightdelim@ amstex.tex +\ifsyntax@ amstex.tex +\iftagin@ amstex.tex +\iftagsleft@ amstex.tex +\ifthanks@ amsppt.sty +\iftoappear@ amsppt.sty +\iftop@ amstex.tex +\iftopfolded@ amstex.tex +\iftrue *primitive +\ifus@ plain.tex +\ifv@ plain.tex +\ifvbox *primitive +\ifvmode *primitive +\ifvoid *primitive +\ifvol@ amsppt.sty +\ifx *primitive +\ifxat@ amstex.tex +\ifyr@ amsppt.sty +\ifzerocr@ amstex.tex +\ignorespaces *primitive +\iiiint amstex.tex +\iiint amstex.tex +\iint amstex.tex +\ilimits@ amstex.tex +\Im plain.tex +\imath plain.tex +\immediate *primitive +\impliedby amstex.tex +\implies amstex.tex +\in plain.tex +\in@ amstex.tex +\in@@ amstex.tex +\in@false amstex.tex +\in@true amstex.tex +\inaccessible not a defined \cs; occurs only in error messages +\inalign@true amstex.tex +\inany@true amstex.tex +\inbook amsppt.sty +\inbook@false amsppt.sty +\inbook@true amsppt.sty +\indent *primitive +\inf plain.tex +\infty plain.tex +\ingather@true amstex.tex +\injlim amstex.tex +\innerendproclaim@ amsppt.sty +\innerhdotsfor amstex.tex +\innerproclaim@ amsppt.sty +\input *primitive +\ins@ amstex.tex +\insc@unt plain.tex +\insert *primitive +\insertpenalties *primitive +\insplit@ amstex.tex +\int plain.tex +\intdots@ amstex.tex +\interdisplaylinepenalty plain.tex +\interfootnotelinepenalty plain.tex +\interlinepenalty *primitive +\intertext amstex.tex +\intertext@ amstex.tex +\intic@ amstex.tex +\intii amstex.tex +\intiii amstex.tex +\intiv amstex.tex +\intkern@ amstex.tex +\intno@ amstex.tex +\intop plain.tex +\ints@ amstex.tex +\ints@@ amstex.tex +\ints@@@ amstex.tex +\Invalid@ amstex.tex +\iota plain.tex +\issue amsppt.sty +\issue@false amsppt.sty +\issuebox@ amsppt.sty +\it plain.tex +\italic amstex.tex +\italic@ amstex.tex +\italic@@ amstex.tex +\item plain.tex +\item@ amsppt.sty +\itemitem plain.tex +\iterate plain.tex +\itfam plain.tex +\j plain.tex +\jmath plain.tex +\jobname *primitive +\joinrel plain.tex +\jot plain.tex +\jour amsppt.sty +\jour@false amsppt.sty +\jour@true amsppt.sty +\jourbox@ amsppt.sty +\kappa plain.tex +\ker plain.tex +\kern *primitive +\key amsppt.sty +\key@false amsppt.sty +\keybin@ amstex.tex +\keybin@false amstex.tex +\keybin@true amstex.tex +\keybox@ amsppt.sty +\keywords amsppt.sty +\keywords@ amsppt.sty +\l amstex.tex (left, in \matrix) +\l plain.tex +\L plain.tex +\lalign@ amstex.tex +\lambda plain.tex +\Lambda plain.tex +\land plain.tex +\langle plain.tex +\lastbox *primitive +\lastkern *primitive +\lastpenalty *primitive +\lastref@false amsppt.sty +\lastref@true amsppt.sty +\lastskip *primitive +\lbrace plain.tex +\lbrace@ amstex.tex +\lbrack plain.tex +\lccode *primitive +\lceil plain.tex +\lcfrac amstex.tex +\ldelim@ amstex.tex +\ldotp plain.tex +\ldots plain.tex +\le plain.tex +\leaders *primitive +\leavevmode plain.tex +\left *primitive +\leftarrow plain.tex +\Leftarrow plain.tex +\leftarrowfill plain.tex +\leftharpoondown plain.tex +\leftharpoonup plain.tex +\leftline plain.tex +\leftrightarrow plain.tex +\Leftrightarrow plain.tex +\leftroot amstex.tex +\leftroot@ amstex.tex +\leftskip *primitive +\leftskip@ amsppt.sty +\lendmultline@ amstex.tex +\lendsplit@ amstex.tex +\leq plain.tex +\leqalignno plain.tex +\leqno *primitive +\less amstex.tex +\let *primitive +\Let@ amstex.tex +\lfloor plain.tex +\lg plain.tex +\lgather@ amstex.tex +\lgroup plain.tex +\lhook plain.tex +\lim plain.tex +\liminf plain.tex +\limits *primitive +\limits@false amstex.tex +\limits@true amstex.tex +\LimitsOnInts amstex.tex +\LimitsOnNames amstex.tex +\LimitsOnSums amstex.tex +\limsup plain.tex +\limtoken@false amstex.tex +\limtoken@true amstex.tex +\line plain.tex +\linebreak amstex.tex +\lineht@ amstex.tex +\linepenalty *primitive +\lineskip *primitive +\lineskiplimit *primitive +\ll plain.tex +\llap plain.tex +\llap@ amstex.tex +\lmmeasure@ amstex.tex +\lmoustache plain.tex +\lmultline@ amstex.tex +\lmultline@@ amstex.tex +\lmultline@@@ amstex.tex +\ln plain.tex +\lnot plain.tex +\log plain.tex +\logo@false amsppt.sty +\logo@true amsppt.sty +\long *primitive +\longleftarrow plain.tex +\Longleftarrow plain.tex +\longleftrightarrow plain.tex +\Longleftrightarrow plain.tex +\longmapsto plain.tex +\Longrightarrow plain.tex +\longrightarrow plain.tex +\loop plain.tex +\looseness *primitive +\lor plain.tex +\lower *primitive +\lowercase *primitive +\lq plain.tex +\ltwidth@ amstex.tex +\lwidth@ amstex.tex +\m@g plain.tex +\m@ketabbox plain.tex +\m@ne plain.tex +\m@th plain.tex +\macro@ amstex.tex +\macro@@ amstex.tex +\macro@false amstex.tex +\macro@true amstex.tex +\mag *primitive +\magnification plain.tex +\magstep plain.tex +\magstephalf plain.tex +\makeacc@ amstex.tex +\Makeacc@ amstex.tex +\makefootline plain.tex +\makefootnote@ amsppt.sty +\makeheadline plain.tex +\makeph@nt plain.tex +\makesm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\maketag@ amstex.tex +\Maketag@ amstex.tex +\manyby amsppt.sty +\manyby@false amsppt.sty +\manyby@true amsppt.sty +\mapsto plain.tex +\mapstochar plain.tex +\mark *primitive +\math@ amstex.tex +\math@false amstex.tex +\math@true amstex.tex +\mathaccent *primitive +\mathaccent@ amstex.tex +\mathbin *primitive +\mathbin@ amstex.tex +\mathbin@false amstex.tex +\mathbin@true amstex.tex +\mathbreak amstex.tex +\mathch@ amstex.tex +\mathch@false amstex.tex +\mathch@true amstex.tex +\mathchar *primitive +\mathchardef *primitive +\mathchoice *primitive +\mathclose *primitive +\mathcode *primitive +\mathhexbox plain.tex +\mathinner *primitive +\mathmodeerr@ amstex.tex +\mathop *primitive +\mathopen *primitive +\mathord *primitive +\mathpalette plain.tex +\mathph@nt plain.tex +\mathpunct *primitive +\mathrel *primitive +\mathrel@ amstex.tex +\mathrel@false amstex.tex +\mathrel@true amstex.tex +\mathsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\mathstrut plain.tex +\Mathstrut@ amstex.tex +\Mathstrut@noalign amstex.tex +\mathsurround *primitive +\mathtags@false amstex.tex +\mathtags@true amstex.tex +\matrix plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\max plain.tex +\maxbysamerule@ amsppt.sty +\maxdeadcycles *primitive +\maxdepth *primitive +\maxdimen plain.tex +\maxlwidth@ amstex.tex +\maxrwidth@ amstex.tex +\mdots@ amstex.tex +\mdots@@ amstex.tex +\meaning *primitive +\meaning@ amstex.tex +\meaning@@ amstex.tex +\measure@ amstex.tex +\measuring@false amstex.tex +\measuring@true amstex.tex +\medbreak plain.tex +\medmuskip *primitive +\medpagebreak amstex.tex +\medskip plain.tex +\medskipamount plain.tex +\medspace amstex.tex +\message *primitive +\mid plain.tex (symbol) +\mid@false amstex.tex +\mid@true amstex.tex +\midinsert plain.tex +\midspace amstex.tex +\min plain.tex +\minaw@ amstex.tex +\minCDarrowwidth amstex.tex +\minCDaw@ amstex.tex +\mit plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\mkern *primitive +\mlineht@ amstex.tex +\mltagbox@ amstex.tex +\mlwidth@ amstex.tex +\mod amstex.tex +\models plain.tex +\month *primitive +\moreref amsppt.sty +\moveleft *primitive +\moveright *primitive +\mp plain.tex +\mrwidth@ amstex.tex +\mscount plain.tex +\mskip *primitive +\msx@ amstex.tex +\msxfam amstex.tex +\msy@ amstex.tex +\msyfam amstex.tex +\mtagbox@ amstex.tex +\mu plain.tex +\MultC@ltrue multcol.out +\multilimits@ amstex.tex +\multint@ amstex.tex +\multintlimits@ amstex.tex +\multiply *primitive +\multispan plain.tex +\multispan@ amstex.tex +\multline amstex.tex +\multline@ amstex.tex +\multlinegap amstex.tex +\MultlineGap amstex.tex +\multlinegap@ amstex.tex +\multlinetaggap@ amstex.tex +\muskip *primitive +\muskipdef *primitive +\mwidth@ amstex.tex +\n@space plain.tex +\nabla plain.tex +\narrower plain.tex +\natural plain.tex +\ne plain.tex +\nearrow plain.tex +\neg plain.tex +\negintic@ amstex.tex +\negmedspace amstex.tex +\negthickspace amstex.tex +\negthinspace plain.tex +\neq plain.tex +\newbox plain.tex +\newbox@ amstex.tex +\newcodes@ amstex.tex +\newcount plain.tex +\newdimen plain.tex +\newfam plain.tex +\newhelp plain.tex +\newif plain.tex +\newinsert plain.tex +\newline amstex.tex +\newlinechar *primitive +\newmuskip plain.tex +\newread plain.tex +\newskip plain.tex +\newtoks plain.tex +\newtoks@ amstex.tex +\newwrite plain.tex +\next plain.tex +\next@ amstex.tex +\nextii@ amstex.tex +\nextiii@ amstex.tex +\nextiv@ amstex.tex +\nextix@ amstex.tex +\nextRunin@ amsppt.sty +\nextRunin@false amsppt.sty +\nextv@ amstex.tex +\nextvi@ amstex.tex +\nextvii@ amstex.tex +\nextviii@ amstex.tex +\ni plain.tex +\ninebf amsppt.sty +\ninei amsppt.sty +\nineit amsppt.sty +\ninerm amsppt.sty +\ninesl amsppt.sty +\ninesy amsppt.sty +\nlimits@ amstex.tex +\no amsppt.sty +\no@false amsppt.sty +\noaccents@ amstex.tex +\noalign *primitive +\NoBlackBoxes amstex.tex +\nobox@ amsppt.sty +\nobreak plain.tex +\noexpand *primitive +\nofrills amsppt.sty +\nofrills@ amsppt.sty +\nofrills@false amsppt.sty +\nofrills@true amsppt.sty +\noguidelines amsppt.sty +\noindent *primitive +\nointerlineskip plain.tex +\nojourinfo@false amsppt.sty +\nojourinfo@true amsppt.sty +\nolimits *primitive +\NoLimitsOnInts amstex.tex +\NoLimitsOnNames amstex.tex +\NoLimitsOnSums amstex.tex +\nolinebreak amstex.tex +\nologo amsppt.sty +\nomathbreak amstex.tex +\nomultlinegap amstex.tex +\nondmatherr@ amstex.tex +\nonfrenchspacing plain.tex +\nonmatherr@ amstex.tex +\nonscript *primitive +\nonstopmode *primitive +\nonvmodeerr@ amstex.tex +\nopagebreak amstex.tex +\nopagenumbers plain.tex +\nopages@ amstex.tex +\normalbaselines plain.tex +\normalbaselineskip plain.tex +\normalbottom plain.tex +\normallineskip plain.tex +\normallineskiplimit plain.tex +\not plain.tex +\not@ amstex.tex +\not@false amstex.tex +\not@true amstex.tex +\notin plain.tex +\nu plain.tex +\null plain.tex +\nulldelimiterspace *primitive +\number *primitive +\nwarrow plain.tex +\o plain.tex +\O plain.tex +\oalign plain.tex +\obeylines plain.tex +\obeyspaces plain.tex +\odot plain.tex +\oe plain.tex +\OE plain.tex +\of plain.tex +\offinterlineskip plain.tex +\oint plain.tex +\ointop plain.tex +\oldcodes@ amstex.tex +\oldnos amstex.tex +\oldstyle plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\omega plain.tex +\Omega plain.tex +\ominus plain.tex +\omit *primitive +\onecr@false amstex.tex +\onecr@true amstex.tex +\onlydmatherr@ amstex.tex +\ooalign plain.tex +\openin *primitive +\openout *primitive +\openup plain.tex +\operatorname amstex.tex +\operatornamewithlimits amstex.tex +\oplus plain.tex +\or *primitive +\oslash plain.tex +\otimes plain.tex +\outer *primitive +\output *primitive +\output@ amsppt.sty +\outputpenalty *primitive +\outsplit@ amstex.tex +\over *primitive +\overarrow amstex.tex +\overbrace plain.tex +\overfullrule *primitive +\overleftarrow plain.tex +\overleftarrow@ amstex.tex +\overleftrightarrow amstex.tex +\overleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\overline *primitive +\overline@ amstex.tex +\overlong amsppt.sty +\overlong@ amsppt.sty +\overrightarrow plain.tex +\overrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\overset amstex.tex +\oversetbrace amstex.tex +\overwithdelims *primitive +\owns plain.tex +\P plain.tex +\p@ plain.tex +\P@ amstex.tex +\p@gefalse plain.tex +\p@getrue plain.tex +\p@renwd plain.tex +\page amsppt.sty +\page@false amsppt.sty +\page@true amsppt.sty +\pagebody plain.tex +\pagebreak amstex.tex +\pagecontents plain.tex +\pagedepth *primitive +\pagefilllstretch *primitive +\pagefillstretch *primitive +\pagefilstretch *primitive +\pagegoal *primitive +\pageheight amstex.tex +\pageinsert plain.tex +\pageno plain.tex +\pages amsppt.sty +\pages@false amsppt.sty +\pagesbox@ amsppt.sty +\pageshrink *primitive +\pagestretch *primitive +\pagetotal *primitive +\pagewidth amstex.tex +\paper amsppt.sty +\paper@false amsppt.sty +\paperbox@ amsppt.sty +\paperinfo amsppt.sty +\paperinfo@false amsppt.sty +\paperinfobox@ amsppt.sty +\par *primitive +\par@ amsppt.sty +\parallel plain.tex +\parfillskip *primitive +\parindent *primitive +\parshape *primitive +\parskip *primitive +\partial plain.tex +\patterns *primitive +\pausing *primitive +\penalty *primitive +\penalty@ amsppt.sty +\perp plain.tex +\ph@nt plain.tex +\phantom plain.tex +\phi plain.tex +\Phi plain.tex +\pi plain.tex +\Pi plain.tex +\plaincdots@ amstex.tex +\plainfootnote amstex.tex (undefined) +\plainitem@ amsppt.sty +\plainldots@ amstex.tex +\plainoutput plain.tex +\plainproclaim amstex.tex +\plainroot@ amstex.tex +\pm plain.tex +\pmatrix plain.tex +\pmb amstex.tex +\pmb@ amstex.tex +\pmb@@ amstex.tex +\pmbraise@ amstex.tex +\pmod plain.tex +\pod amstex.tex +\pointcount@ amstex.tex +\pointsize@ amsppt.sty +\postdisplaypenalty *primitive +\ppunbox@ amsppt.sty +\Pr plain.tex +\pr@@@s plain.tex +\pr@@@t plain.tex +\pr@m@s plain.tex +\preabstract amsppt.sty +\preaffil amsppt.sty +\preamble@ amstex.tex +\Preamble@ amstex.tex +\preamble@@ amstex.tex +\preauthor amsppt.sty +\prec plain.tex +\preceq plain.tex +\predate amsppt.sty +\predefine amstex.tex +\predisplaypenalty *primitive +\predisplaysize *primitive +\preloaded plain.tex +\preloaded@ amstex.tex +\prepaper amsppt.sty +\prepunct@ amsppt.sty +\pretend amstex.tex +\pretitle amsppt.sty +\pretolerance *primitive +\prevdepth *primitive +\prevgraf *primitive +\previnbook@false amsppt.sty +\previnbook@true amsppt.sty +\prevjour@false amsppt.sty +\prevjour@true amsppt.sty +\prim@s plain.tex +\prime plain.tex +\prime@ amstex.tex +\printoptions amstex.tex +\proclaim plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) +\proclaim (redefined in amsppt.sty) +\proclaim@ amsppt.sty +\proclaim@false amsppt.sty +\proclaim@true amsppt.sty +\prod plain.tex +\prod@ amstex.tex +\projlim amstex.tex +\propto plain.tex +\psi plain.tex +\Psi plain.tex +\publ amsppt.sty +\publ@false amsppt.sty +\publaddr amsppt.sty +\publaddr@false amsppt.sty +\publaddrbox@ amsppt.sty +\publbox@ amsppt.sty +\qed amsppt.sty +\qopname@ amstex.tex +\qopnamewl@ amstex.tex +\qquad plain.tex +\quad plain.tex +\r amstex.tex +\r@@t plain.tex (modified by amstex.tex) +\r@ggedbottomfalse plain.tex +\r@ggedbottomtrue plain.tex +\radical *primitive +\raggedbottom plain.tex +\raggedright plain.tex +\raise *primitive +\ralign@ amstex.tex +\rangle plain.tex +\rbrace plain.tex +\rbrace@ amstex.tex +\rbrack plain.tex +\rceil plain.tex +\rcfrac amstex.tex +\rdelim@ amstex.tex +\Re plain.tex +\read *primitive +\redefine amstex.tex +\ref amsppt.sty +\ref@ amsppt.sty +\refdef@ amsppt.sty +\Refs amsppt.sty +\refskip@ amstex.tex +\relax *primitive +\relaxnext@ amstex.tex +\relbar plain.tex +\Relbar plain.tex +\relpenalty *primitive +\removelastskip plain.tex +\rendmultline@ amstex.tex +\rendsplit@ amstex.tex +\repeat plain.tex +\ResetBuffer amstex.tex +\retry@AmSfalse amstex.tex +\retry@AmStrue amstex.tex +\rfloor plain.tex +\rgather@ amstex.tex +\rgroup plain.tex +\rho plain.tex +\rhook plain.tex +\right *primitive +\rightappend@ amstex.tex +\rightarrow plain.tex +\Rightarrow plain.tex +\rightarrowfill plain.tex +\rightdelim@ amstex.tex +\rightdelim@false amstex.tex +\rightdelim@true amstex.tex +\rightharpoondown plain.tex +\rightharpoonup plain.tex +\rightleftharpoons plain.tex +\rightline plain.tex +\rightskip *primitive +\rlap plain.tex +\rlap@ amstex.tex +\rlh@ plain.tex +\rm plain.tex +\rmfam amstex.tex +\rmmeasure@ amstex.tex +\rmoustache plain.tex +\rmultline@ amstex.tex +\rmultline@@ amstex.tex +\rmultline@@@ amstex.tex +\rom@ amstex.tex +\rom@@ amstex.tex +\roman amstex.tex +\roman@ amstex.tex +\roman@@ amstex.tex +\romannumeral *primitive +\root plain.tex +\rootbox plain.tex +\roster amsppt.sty +\rostercount@ amsppt.sty +\rosterhangafter@ amsppt.sty +\rosteritem@ amsppt.sty +\rq plain.tex +\rtwidth@ amstex.tex +\runinitem amsppt.sty +\Runinitem amsppt.sty +\runinitem@ amsppt.sty +\rwidth@ amstex.tex +\S plain.tex +\S@ amstex.tex +\s@tcols plain.tex +\s@tt@b plain.tex +\savealignat@ amstex.tex +\saveskip@ amstex.tex +\sb plain.tex +\Sb amstex.tex +\scriptfont *primitive +\scriptscriptfont *primitive +\scriptscriptstyle *primitive +\scriptspace *primitive +\scriptstyle *primitive +\scrollmode *primitive +\searrow plain.tex +\sec plain.tex +\setbox *primitive +\setminus plain.tex +\setpunct@ amsppt.sty +\sett@b plain.tex +\settabs plain.tex +\sevenbf plain.tex +\seveni plain.tex +\sevenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\sevenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\sevenrm plain.tex +\sevensy plain.tex +\sfcode *primitive +\sharp plain.tex +\shave amstex.tex +\shipout *primitive +\shoveleft amstex.tex +\shoveright amstex.tex +\show *primitive +\showallocations amstex.tex +\showbox *primitive +\showboxbreadth *primitive +\showboxdepth *primitive +\showhyphens plain.tex +\showlists *primitive +\showthe *primitive +\sideset amstex.tex +\sigma plain.tex +\Sigma plain.tex +\sim plain.tex +\simeq plain.tex +\sin plain.tex +\sinh plain.tex +\sixbf amsppt.sty +\sixi amsppt.sty +\sixrm amsppt.sty +\sixsy amsppt.sty +\sixt@@n plain.tex +\skew plain.tex +\skewchar *primitive +\skewcharcount@ amstex.tex +\skip *primitive +\skip@ plain.tex +\skipdef *primitive +\sl plain.tex +\slanted amstex.tex +\slanted@ amstex.tex +\slanted@@ amstex.tex +\slash plain.tex +\sldl@ amstex.tex +\slfam plain.tex +\slimits@ amstex.tex +\smallbreak plain.tex +\smallcaptionwidth@ amstex.tex +\smallint plain.tex +\smallmatrix amstex.tex +\smallpagebreak amstex.tex +\smallskip plain.tex +\smallskipamount plain.tex +\smash plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) +\smash@ amstex.tex +\smc amstex.tex % amsppt.sty +\smile plain.tex +\snug amstex.tex +\sp plain.tex +\Sp amstex.tex +\sp@n plain.tex +\space plain.tex +\space@ amstex.tex +\spacefactor *primitive +\spacehdots amstex.tex +\spaceinnerdots amstex.tex +\spaces@ amstex.tex +\spaces@@ amstex.tex +\spaceskip *primitive +\spacute amstex.tex +\spadesuit plain.tex +\span *primitive +\spbar amstex.tex +\spbreve amstex.tex +\spcheck amstex.tex +\spddddot amstex.tex +\spdddot amstex.tex +\spddot amstex.tex +\spdot amstex.tex +\special *primitive +\spgrave amstex.tex +\sphat amstex.tex +\split amstex.tex +\split@ amstex.tex +\splitbotmark *primitive +\splitfirstmark *primitive +\splitmaxdepth *primitive +\splittopskip *primitive +\spreadlines amstex.tex +\spreadmatrixlines amstex.tex +\spreadmlines@ amstex.tex +\sptilde amstex.tex +\spvec amstex.tex +\sqcap plain.tex +\sqcup plain.tex +\sqrt plain.tex +\sqsupseteq plain.tex +\srdr@ amstex.tex +\ss plain.tex +\ssize amstex.tex +\sssize amstex.tex +\star plain.tex +\string *primitive +\string@ amstex.tex +\strip@ amstex.tex +\strut plain.tex +\strut@ amstex.tex +\strutbox plain.tex +\strutbox@ amstex.tex +\styname amsppt.sty +\styversion amsppt.sty +\subheading amsppt.sty +\subheading@ amsppt.sty +\subjclass amsppt.sty +\subjclass@ amsppt.sty +\subset plain.tex +\subseteq plain.tex +\succ plain.tex +\succeq plain.tex +\sum plain.tex +\sum@ amstex.tex +\sup plain.tex +\supereject plain.tex +\supset plain.tex +\supseteq plain.tex +\surd plain.tex +\swarrow plain.tex +\syntax amstex.tex +\syntax@true amstex.tex +\t plain.tex +\t@bb@x plain.tex +\t@bbox plain.tex +\tabalign plain.tex +\tabs plain.tex +\tabsdone plain.tex +\tabskip *primitive +\tabsyet plain.tex +\tag amstex.tex +\tagform@ amstex.tex +\tagin@ amstex.tex +\tagin@false amstex.tex +\tagin@true amstex.tex +\TagsAsMath amstex.tex +\TagsAsText amstex.tex +\tagsleft@false amstex.tex +\tagsleft@true amstex.tex +\TagsOnLeft amstex.tex +\TagsOnRight amstex.tex +\tan plain.tex +\tanh plain.tex +\tau plain.tex +\tbinom amstex.tex +\tdots@ amstex.tex +\tenbf plain.tex +\tenbig@ amsppt.sty +\tenex plain.tex +\teni plain.tex +\tenit plain.tex +\tenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\tenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) +\tenpoint amsppt.sty +\tenrm plain.tex +\tensl plain.tex +\tensmc amsppt.sty +\tensy plain.tex +\tentt plain.tex +\TeX plain.tex +\text amstex.tex +\text@ amstex.tex +\text@@ amstex.tex +\textdef@ amstex.tex +\textdef@@ amstex.tex +\textfont *primitive +\textfont@ amstex.tex +\textfonti amstex.tex +\textfontii amstex.tex +\textindent plain.tex +\textstyle *primitive +\tfrac amstex.tex +\thanks amsppt.sty +\thanks@ amsppt.sty +\thanks@true amsppt.sty +\the *primitive +\theabstract@ amsppt.sty +\thecaption@ amstex.tex +\thedots@ amstex.tex +\thefam@ amstex.tex +\thefootnotemark amsppt.sty +\thekeywords@ amsppt.sty +\therosteritem amsppt.sty +\theskewchar@ amstex.tex +\thespace@ amstex.tex +\thesubjclass@ amsppt.sty +\theta plain.tex +\Theta plain.tex +\thetag amstex.tex +\thickfrac amstex.tex +\thickfracwithdelims amstex.tex +\thickmuskip *primitive +\thickness amstex.tex +\thickspace amstex.tex +\thinmuskip *primitive +\thinspace plain.tex +\thr@@ plain.tex +\tie amstex.tex +\tilde plain.tex +\Tilde amstex.tex +\tildeaccent amstex.tex +\time *primitive +\times plain.tex +\title amsppt.sty +\titlebox@ amsppt.sty +\to plain.tex +\toappear amsppt.sty +\toappear@false amsppt.sty +\toappear@true amsppt.sty +\toks *primitive +\toks@ plain.tex +\toks@@ amstex.tex +\toksdef *primitive +\tolerance *primitive +\top plain.tex +\top@false amstex.tex +\top@true amstex.tex +\topaligned amstex.tex +\topfolded@false amstex.tex +\topfolded@true amstex.tex +\topfoldedtext amstex.tex +\topins plain.tex +\topinsert plain.tex +\topmark *primitive +\topmatter amsppt.sty +\TopOrBottomTagsOnSplits amstex.tex +\topshave amstex.tex +\topskip *primitive +\topsmash amstex.tex +\topspace amstex.tex +\totwidth@ amstex.tex +\tracingall plain.tex +\tracingcommands *primitive +\tracinglostchars *primitive +\tracingmacros *primitive +\tracingonline *primitive +\tracingoutput *primitive +\tracingpages *primitive +\tracingparagraphs *primitive +\tracingrestores *primitive +\tracingstats *primitive +\triangle plain.tex +\triangleleft plain.tex +\triangleright plain.tex +\tsize amstex.tex +\tt plain.tex +\ttfam plain.tex +\ttraggedright plain.tex +\tw@ plain.tex +\u plain.tex +\uccode *primitive +\uchyph *primitive +\unbracefonts@ amstex.tex +\undefined plain.tex +\undefined@ amstex.tex +\underarrow amstex.tex +\underbar plain.tex +\underbrace plain.tex +\underleftarrow amstex.tex +\underleftarrow@ amstex.tex +\underleftrightarrow amstex.tex +\underleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\underline *primitive +\underline@ amstex.tex +\underrightarrow amstex.tex +\underrightarrow@ amstex.tex +\underscore amstex.tex +\underset amstex.tex +\undersetbrace amstex.tex +\unhbox *primitive +\unhcopy *primitive +\unkern *primitive +\unpenalty *primitive +\unskip *primitive +\unvbox *primitive +\unvcopy *primitive +\uparrow plain.tex +\Uparrow plain.tex +\upbracefill plain.tex +\updownarrow plain.tex +\Updownarrow plain.tex +\uplus plain.tex +\uppercase *primitive +\uproot amstex.tex +\uproot@ amstex.tex +\upsilon plain.tex +\Upsilon plain.tex +\us@false plain.tex +\us@true plain.tex +\usualspace amsppt.sty +\usualspace@ amsppt.sty +\v plain.tex +\v@false plain.tex +\v@true plain.tex +\vadjust *primitive +\valign *primitive +\varDelta amstex.tex +\varepsilon plain.tex +\varGamma amstex.tex +\varinjlim amstex.tex +\varLambda amstex.tex +\varliminf amstex.tex +\varlimsup amstex.tex +\varOmega amstex.tex +\varphi plain.tex +\varPhi amstex.tex +\varpi plain.tex +\varPi amstex.tex +\varprojlim amstex.tex +\varPsi amstex.tex +\varrho plain.tex +\varsigma plain.tex +\varSigma amstex.tex +\vartheta plain.tex +\varTheta amstex.tex +\varUpsilon amstex.tex +\varXi amstex.tex +\vbadness *primitive +\vbox *primitive +\vcenter *primitive +\vcorrection amstex.tex +\vdash plain.tex +\vdots plain.tex +\vec plain.tex +\Vec amstex.tex +\vee plain.tex +\Vert plain.tex +\vert plain.tex +\vfil *primitive +\vfill *primitive +\vfilneg *primitive +\vfootnote plain.tex +\vfuzz *primitive +\vgl@ plain.tex +\vglue plain.tex +\vmatrix amstex.tex +\Vmatrix amstex.tex +\vmodeerr@ amstex.tex +\vnonvmode@ amstex.tex +\voffset *primitive +\voidb@x plain.tex +\vol amsppt.sty +\vol@false amsppt.sty +\volbox@ amsppt.sty +\vphantom plain.tex +\vrule *primitive +\vsize *primitive +\vskip *primitive +\vspace amstex.tex +\vspace@ amstex.tex +\vsplit *primitive +\vss *primitive +\vtop *primitive +\W@ amstex.tex +\wd *primitive +\wedge plain.tex +\widehat plain.tex +\widetilde plain.tex +\widowpenalty *primitive +\wlog plain.tex +\wp plain.tex +\wr plain.tex +\write *primitive +\xalignat amstex.tex +\xalignat@ amstex.tex +\xat@false amstex.tex +\xat@true amstex.tex +\xdef *primitive +\xi plain.tex +\Xi plain.tex +\xleaders *primitive +\xspaceskip *primitive +\xxalignat amstex.tex +\xxalignat@ amstex.tex +\xxattag@ amstex.tex +\year *primitive +\yr amsppt.sty +\yr@false amsppt.sty +\yrbox@ amsppt.sty +\z@ plain.tex +\z@skip plain.tex +\zerocr@false amstex.tex +\zerocr@true amstex.tex +\zeta plain.tex +\[ plain.tex +\] plain.tex +\^ plain.tex +\^^I plain.tex +\^^J amstex.tex +\^^M plain.tex +\_ plain.tex +\` plain.tex +\{ plain.tex +\| plain.tex +\} plain.tex +\~ plain.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5194083aa2c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% % +% A SMALL TUTORIAL ON THE MULTILINGUAL FEATURES OF PATGEN2 % +% % +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +\documentstyle{article} +\title{A small tutorial on the multilingual features of PatGen2} +\author{Yannis Haralambous} +\date{} +\begin{document} +\maketitle + +\def\XeT{X\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emT} + +I will very briefly discuss and illustrate by an example the features +of PatGen2\footnote{the extension to PatGen by Peter Breitenlohner, +author of many beautiful and extremely useful \TeX ware, such as +\TeX--\XeT, {\tt DVIcopy} etc.}, related to the {\em translation} +file. + +\section{Syntax of the translation file} +\subsection{What is the problem} +The problem is that in our (non-English, non-Latin, +non-Indonesian\footnote{As far as I know, English, Latin and +Indonesian are the only languages without diacritics or special +characters...}) languages, we have more characters than just the~26 +letters of the Latin alphabet. Not to mention that alphabetical orders +can be quite different (remember: in Spanish, cucaracha comes before +chacal), and that there can be many ways to express these additional +characters: for example the French \oe{} (like in << Histoire de l'\oe +il >> by Georges Bataille) can be given to \TeX\ as an 8-bit +character, or as \verb*=\oe =, or as \verb=\oe{}=, or as \verb=^^f7= +(since we are {\em all} now working with DC fonts) and so forth. + +Now let's make (or enhance the) hyphenation patterns for our language(s). +Fred Liang has not provided PatGen with the extensibility feature: before +PatGen2, if your language had less than~26 letters you could hack patterns by +substituting letters, if it had more\ldots then the odds were against you. + +So the problem is to express additional characters in the patterns, in some +understandable way (and if possible to get the results in the appropriate +alphabetical order). + +\subsection{The solution} +PatGen2 allows you to include more characters than the~26 letters of +the alphabet. You can specify arbitrary many {\em input forms} for +each of them (these forms will be identified internally), and you can +specify the alphabetical order of your language. The latter feature is +only interesting when you want to study the patterns file to correct +bugs, it doesn't affect the result. + +These informations are transmitted to PatGen2 by means of a {\em +translation} file (usually with the extension \verb=.tra=). The syntax +of this file is not very user-friendly, but if you deal with PatGen +you are supposed to be a hacker anyway, and hackers just {\bf love} +weird-but-efficient-syntaxes [the proof: we all like +\TeX!\footnote{\ldots just joking}]. + +On the first line you specify the \verb=\lefthyphenmin= and +\verb=\righthyphenmin= values. The seven first positions of this line +are used as follows: two positions for \verb=\lefthyphenmin=, two +positions for \verb=\righthyphenmin=, and one position for substitute +symbols of each of \verb=.=, \verb=-=, \verb=*= in the output file. +This can be useful if you are going to use the dot the asterisk or the +hyphen to describe your additional characters (for example one may use +the dot to specify the dot accent on a letter). + +The next lines concern letters of the alphabet of our language. The +first position of each line is the delimiter of our fields. You know +from languages like C or {\tt awk} that it is very useful to define +our own delimiter (instead of the blank space) if for any reason we +want to {\em include} a blank space into our fields. This will be the +case in the example: one usually leaves a blank space after a \TeX\ +macro without argument. + +Otherwise just leave the first position blank. Next comes the +standard representation of our character (preferably lowercase). This +is how the character will appear in the patterns and in the hyphenated +output file. + +Follows again a delimiter, and all the {\em equivalent} +representations of your character: its uppercase form, and as many +other input forms we wish, always followed by a delimiter. + +The order of lines specifies the alphabetical order of your characters. + +When PatGen sees two consecutive delimiters, +it stops reading; so we can include +comments after that. + +\section{An example} +To illustrate this I have taken some +Greek words (people who know $X\acute\alpha% +\rho\rho\upsilon$ $K\lambda\acute\upsilon\nu\nu$ +and his album $\Pi\alpha\tau% +\acute\alpha\tau\epsilon\varsigma$ will recognize some of these +words\ldots) and included an $\alpha$ with accent, and a variant +representation of $\pi$, in form of a macro \verb*=\varpi =. Also I +followed the Greek alphabetical order in the translation file. + +Here is my list of words: + +\begin{verbatim} +A-NU-PO-TA-QTOS +A-KA-TA-M'A-QH-TOS +A-EI-MNH-STOS +MA-NA +TOUR-KO-GU-FTIS-SA +NU-QO-KO-PTHS +LI-ME-NO-FU-LA-KAS +MPRE-LOK +A-GA-\varpi A-EI +PEI-RAI-'AS +\end{verbatim} + +(file {\tt greek.dic}); and here is my translation file ({\tt greek.tra}): + +\begin{verbatim} + 1 1 + a A + 'a 'A + b B + g G + d D + e E + z Z + h H + j J + i I + k K + l L + m M + n N + o O +#p#P#\varpi ## + r R + s S + t T + u U + f F + q Q + y Y + w W +\end{verbatim} + +(yes, yes, that's not a joke; Greek really uses values~1 +and~1 for minimal right +and left hyphenations!). As you see, I have chosen \verb=#= as delimiter +in the case of $\pi$, because \verb=\varpi= is supposed to be followed +by a blank space. And then I wrote two delimiters (\verb=##=) to show PatGen2 +that I finished talking about $\pi$. + +Here is what I got on my console: + +\begin{verbatim} +PatGen -t greek.tra -o greek.out greek.dic +This is PatGen, C Version 2.1 / Macintosh Version 2.0 +Copyright (c) 1991-93 by Wilfried Ricken. All rights reserved. +left_hyphen_min = 1, right_hyphen_min = 1, 24 letters +0 patterns read in +pattern trie has 266 nodes, trie_max = 290, 0 outputs +hyph_start: 1 +hyph_finish: 2 +pat_start: 2 +pat_finish: 4 +good weight: 1 +bad weight: 1 +threshold: 1 +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1 + +0 good, 0 bad, 31 missed +0.00 %, 0.00 %, 100.00 % +69 patterns, 325 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 440 +25 good and 42 bad patterns added (more to come) +finding 29 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.16 +pattern trie has 333 nodes, trie_max = 349, 2 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0 + +29 good, 0 bad, 2 missed +93.55 %, 0.00 %, 6.45 % +45 patterns, 301 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 378 +2 good and 43 bad patterns added +finding 2 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.00 +pattern trie has 339 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +47 patterns, 303 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 369 +0 good and 47 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 344 nodes, trie_max = 386, 13 outputs +51 nodes and 11 outputs deleted +total of 27 patterns at hyph_level 1 + +pat_start: 2 +pat_finish: 4 +good weight: 1 +bad weight: 1 +threshold: 1 +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 315 +0 good and 27 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 295 nodes, trie_max = 386, 4 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 303 +0 good and 27 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 320 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs +processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +24 patterns, 280 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 286 +0 good and 24 bad patterns added +finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens +pattern trie has 328 nodes, trie_max = 386, 9 outputs +35 nodes and 7 outputs deleted +total of 0 patterns at hyph_level 2 +hyphenate word list? y +writing PatTmp.2 + +31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed +100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % +Time elapsed: 0:37:70 minutes. +\end{verbatim} + +and here are the results: first of all the patterns +(file {\tt greek.out}) + +\begin{verbatim} +a1g +a1e +a1k +a1m +a1n +a1p +a1t +a1q +'a1q +e1l +e1n +h1t +i1'a +i1m +i1r +1ko +o1g +o1p +o1t +o1f +r1k +s1s +1st +u1l +u1p +u1f +u1q +\end{verbatim} + +As you see, {\tt o1t} comes before {\tt o1f}: (smile) simply +because we are talking about $o1\tau$ and $o1\phi$. So the +alphabetical order is well respected. Also you see that PatGen2 +has read the word \verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= exactly as if it +were \verb*=A-GA-PA-EI= and has made out of it the pattern +{\tt a1p} (if you look in the input words there is no other +reason for this pattern to exist). + +And here is our result (file {\tt PatTmp.2}): + +\begin{verbatim} +a*nu*po*ta*qtos +a*ka*ta*m'a*qh*tos +a*ei*mnh*stos +ma*na +tour*ko*gu*ftis*sa +nu*qo*ko*pths +li*me*no*fu*la*kas +mpre*lok +a*ga*pa*ei +pei*rai*'as +\end{verbatim} + +(Of course, it is correct; you think I would have shown it if it +weren't correct?) As you see there is no \verb*=\varpi = anymore: +PatGen2 has really replaced it by \verb=p=, and so +\verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= has become \verb=a*ga*pa*ei=. + +\section{Where do I find more information?} +I voluntarily didn't discussed the various parameters used for +pattern generation. For these there is very good litterature: +\begin{itemize} +\item the \TeX book, by the Grand Wizard of \TeX\ arcana, +appendix H; +\item \LaTeX\ Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten, by Helmut Kopka, +Addison-Wesley, Pages 482--489; +\item Swedish Hyphenation for \TeX, by Jan Michael Rynning, +[sorry, I don't know where this paper is published]; +\item Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-put-er, Stanford University +Report {\tt STAN-CS-83-977}; +\item forthcoming paper by Dominik Wujastyk, on British +hyphenation; +\item Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient Greek and Latin, +TUGboat~13 (4), pages 457--469. +\item and many others\ldots +\end{itemize} + +Where to get PatGen2? probably everywhere, but certainly in +Stuttgart ({\tt IP 129.69.1.12}), +\verb=soft/tex/systems/pc/utilities/patgen.zip= (take a look also at +\verb=soft/tex/systems/knuth/texware/patgen.version2.1/patgen.README=). + +\section{Go forth, etc etc} +OK, once again {\sc Go Forth} and make masterpieces of hyphenation +patterns\ldots +{\bf but} please get in touch with the TWGMLC (Technical Working +Group on Multiple Language Coordination) first, since people there +are working on many languages: maybe they have already done what +you need and are still testing it; or maybe they haven't and in +that case you could help us a lot. + + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..614bf08950b --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +[unixtex.ftp: 11 November 1995] + +The master version of this file is on ftp.cs.umb.edu [158.121.104.33] +in pub/tex/unixtex.ftp. Mail kb@cs.umb.edu with comments or questions. + +========================================================================= + Consider joining the TeX Users Group (TUG): + support the maintenance and development of the programs you retrieve. + Send membership request to: tug@tug.org. +========================================================================= + + GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS + +... for Unix sites wanting to install (plain) TeX, LaTeX (2e), BibTeX, +Metafont, and DVI processors for any of the X window system, +PostScript, and/or the PCL language in the HP LaserJet. + +The files mentioned below are available from any of the following: + + Host Internet address TeX root dir + ---- ---------------- ------------ + ftp.shsu.edu 192.92.115.10 /tex-archive + ftp.tex.ac.uk 134.151.44.19 /tex-archive + ftp.dante.de 128.69.1.12 /tex-archive + + For additional ftp sites, get /README.mirrors from one of the above or + finger ctan@ftp.shsu.edu. + + These instructions use non-generic features of FTP supported by the + hosts above. For details, get: + /README.archive-features + /README.site-commands + +The /tex-archive/help and /tex-archive/documentation directories on +these hosts have much additional documentation on all aspects of TeX. If +you don't know (for example) what Metafont is, or the relationship of +LaTeX to TeX, look there. + + +Retrieving a basic set of input files and fonts: +----------------------------------------------- + +ftp> cd /tex-archive/systems/web2c +ftp> bi [set binary mode] +ftp> get lib.tar.gz [unpacks into texmf; 2.8MB->11.5MB] + + This file contains a minimal collection of fonts (TFM files only, + and only for Computer Modern, DC, LaTeX, Pandora, and the free + PostScript fonts), base (La)TeX macros, MF macros, and BibTeX files + -- enough to get started. The AMS fonts and macros are included. + The LaTeX release may be out of date; for the latest, and for + additional LaTeX packages; investigate /tex-archive/macros/latex. + + lib.tar.gz unpacks into a directory named `texmf', which you will + want in your equivalent of /usr/local/lib -- whatever you will + define as your $(datadir) in the Makefiles. + + The organization of the archive was debated at great length. We hope + it will be useful. If you don't like our organization, feel free to + move the files around as you see fit, not forgetting to redefine the + search paths and installation directories. The Makefiles, + kpathsea/HIER, kpathsea/paths.h.in, and web2c/README (``Directory + hierarchies'') have more information. The organization will + change to conform to the standard TeX directory structure + promulgated by the TUG Working Group when the TDS is released. + + You must decide on your directory structure *before* doing the + compilations, since you must specify default search paths, and + since by default the web2c Makefile tries to create the basic .fmt + and .base files, which require the .{tex,mf,tfm} input files. + + +Retrieving web2c (that is, TeX, Metafont, and friends): +------------------------------------------------------ + +Still in /tex-archive/systems/web2c: + +ftp> get web.tar.gz [Knuth's WEB sources for TeX, MF, & family: + unpacks into ./web2c-<version>; 1.2MB->4MB] +ftp> get web2c.tar.gz [WEB-to-C source: also unpacks into ./web2c-<version> + .75MB->2.7K] + + You must retrieve and unpack *both* web.tar.gz and web2c.tar.gz. + + The web2c distribution uses an older version of the path-searching + library than the drivers below. For an interim patch, get the + latest ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.kpathsea-2.*.help file, and + read it. (I'm working on the next release of web2c as hard as I + can, really.) The two versions can coexist; by using the web2c + distribution as it stands, you merely lose the features added to + kpathsea over the last year or so. + + +Retrieving device drivers: +------------------------- + + For an X window system previewer (xdvik): +ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/xdvik +ftp> get xdvik.tar.gz [unpacks into ./xdvik-<version>; .5MB->1.8MB] + + For a DVI-to-PostScript translator (dvipsk): +ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dvipsk +ftp> get dvipsk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dvipsk-<version>; .7MB->2.7MB] + + For a DVI-to-PCL (HP LaserJet) translator (dviljk): +ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dviljk +ftp> get dviljk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dviljk-<version>; .6MB->3MB] + +ftp> quit [end ftp session] + + +Compilation and installation: +---------------------------- + +Each of these packages -- web2c, xdvik, dvipsk, dviljk -- contains its +own installation instructions. It is possible to build all the programs +in a single make (see the web2c.kpathsea-*.help file), but it is simpler +to make them separately. + +Compile web2c first (i.e.,, the material in both web.tar.gz and +web2c.tar.gz, unpacked, possibly patched for the most recent kpathsea -- +see above, under `retrieving web2c'). For an overview, + + ./web2c-<version>/README + ./web2c-<version>/kpathsea/INSTALL + ./web2c-<version>/web2c/README + ./web2c-<version>/web2c/INSTALL + +The INSTALL files are your guides to installation. +At the simplest, you do configure && make && make install at the top level. + +Remember to set up your texmf directory hierarchy before embarking on +your compilation (see `For a basic set of input files and fonts' above). + +After installation, if basic input files such as plain.tex aren't being +found, or if the file searching is very slow, read kpathsea/INSTALL from +one of the *k driver distributions. (This is much more recent than +kpathsea/INSTALL from web2c.) + +All installation processes require careful attention to detail, and +knowledge of your system. Festina lente -- make haste slowly -- and you +improve your chances of success. + +ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/*.help describe some common problems with the +current version of web2c. Here's some more: + +-- Contrary to what the web2c installation instructions imply, you must use + configure --prefix=/your/tex/root +instead of editing the prefix in the Makefile(s). (Editing does work in +some cases, but not all.) + +-- configure does not always guess the type of yytext properly; the +symptom will be compiler errors involving yytext. Replace the line +`DECLARE_YYTEXT' in web2c-6.1/web2c/web2c.h with the right thing. See +web2c.yytext.help. + +-- If the compiler complains about something involving foil_x_wchar_t, try + make CFLAGS="-g -DNO_FOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for web2c); or + make CFLAGS="-g -DFOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for everything else). + +-- I messed up and declared alloca in web2c/web2c/web2c.h. Just delete +the declaration. ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.alloca.help does this. + +-- make clean removes *.pool in web2c/tex and web2c/mf. Use make +distclean or make mostlyclean instead. Or edit tex/Makefile and +mf/Makefile to remove *.pool at distclean instead of clean. +ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.pool.help does this. (You must apply this +patch before web2c.kpathsea-2.6.help.) + + +Distribution on tape and CD/ROM: +------------------------------- + +For TeX on a single tape (4mm DAT or QIC-24), ordering information is +available from unixtex@u.washington.edu. A distribution fee +of US$210.00 is requested to cover administrative costs. + +The Free Software Foundation distributes the minimal TeX system +described here on CD/ROM. Write gnu@prep.ai.mit.edu or finger +fsf@prep.ai.mit.edu for info. + +The 4allTeX CD-ROM comes from the NTG, the Dutch-speaking TeX user +group. Email ntg@nic.surfnet.nl, or see http://ei0.ei.ele.tue.nl/ntg/. + +The Prime Time TeXcetera CD-ROM is a copy of CTAN; email ptf@ctcl.com or +see http://www.ptf.com/ptf/. + +Walnut Creek has a TeX CD. Email info@cdrom.com or see +http://www.cdrom.com:/titles/tex.html. + +Other organizations may provide TeX on a CD/ROM, but I do not know the +details to include them here. (Please inform me if you do.) + + +Precompiled Unix TeX executables: +-------------------------- + +I recommend the teTeX distribution for precompiled binaries or if you +want to retrieve a ready-made system instead of building your own. It's +available from CTAN hosts in systems/unix/tetex. + +If you get these binaries, you do not need to get web.tar.gz, +web2c.tar.gz, or the other source distributions. + + +If you do not have GNU's gunzip utility, you will need to retrieve and +install gzip. + +ftp> cd /tex-archive/tools/info-zip +ftp> get gzip-1.2.4.tar + +gzip does a better job of compression than standard Unix compress, and +it is (as far as is known) patent-free. It is illegal to use Unix +compress in the USA, because it infringes a software patent. Write to +the League for Programming Freedom <lpf@uunet.uu.net> for information +about fighting the new software monopolies. + + +Acknowledgements: +---------------- + +The three main sites listed above are part of the Comprehensive TeX Archive +Network (CTAN) -- the result of cooperative work among members of TUG, +DANTE [German-speaking TeX Users Group], and UKTUG [U.K. TeX Users Group], +under the leadership of George Greenwade, Chair for TUG's Technical +Working Group on TeX Archive Guidelines <ctan@shsu.edu>. + +Special thanks to George Greenwade for establishing the CTAN site at +Sam Houston State University (US); to Rainer Schoepf, Barbara Burr, +and members of DANTE for the CTAN site in Heidelberg (Germany); and to +Sebastian Rahtz for the CTAN site in Cambridge (UK). + +unixtex.ftp was conceived and created by a wonderful person (not the +current maintainer!) who wishes to remain electronically anonymous. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..48006bbadc1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +<html><head> +<!-- $Id: usergroups.html,v 1.121 2003/08/25 10:17:19 kaja Exp $ --> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" Content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> +<title>All TeX User Groups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="/tugstyle.css"> +</head><body> + +<h2>All TeX User Groups</h2> + +<p>The TeX Users Group itself (contact info below) serves as the local +user group (LUG) of TeX users in North America and any other area not +appearing in the following list. TUG is always interested in fostering +the formation of local TeX users groups; please contact the <a +href="mailto:board@tug.org">TUG board</a> for assistance: forwarding +information about others who might be interested, publicity, and of +course moral support. + +<p><b>Please send additions or corrections by email to +<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org"><tt>webmaster@tug.org</tt></a>.</b> + +<p>See also the <a href="http://www.servalys.nl/lug/">Electronic LUG +database</a> for more information, and the TeX calendar +(<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/month.php">month view</a>, +<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/year.php">year view</a>) for user +group activities. + +<hr> + +<dl> +<dt><a href="http://www.univ-orleans.fr/EXT/ASTEX/astex/doc/en/web/html/astex000.htm"> + <b>AsTEX </b></a> (French-speaking)<br> + <dd>Michel Lavaud, President<br> + Association pour la diffusion de logiciels scientifiques liés TeX<br> + Association AsTEX<br> + BP 6532<br> + 45066 ORLEANS cedex 2<br> + FRANCE<br> + Tel: 33 2 38 64 09 94<br> + Email: <A href="mailto:astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr</tt></A><br> + Mailing list: <a href="mailto:astex@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex@univ-orleans.fr</tt></a> +<p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.cervantex.org/"> + <b>CervanTeX</b></a> (Spanish-speaking).<br> + <DD>Javier Bezos, President: <br> + Grupo de Usuarios de TeX Hispanohablantes<br> + Email: <a href="secretario@cervantex.org"> + secretario@cervantex.org</a><br> + Mailing list: + <a href="mailto:sptex@ls.cica.es">sptex@ls.cica.es</a>.<p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.rons.net.cn/"> + <B> Chinese TeX Users Group</B></a><br> + <DD>Hong Feng, Chairman<br> + RON's Datacom Co., Ltd. <br> + Suite 3-3, 200 WuZhong Street,<br> + Wuhan, Hubei Province<br> + 430040 China P.R.<br> + Phone/Fax: +86 27 83222108<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.rons.net.cn"> + <tt> info@mail.rons.net.cn</tt> </a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.cstug.cz/"> + <b>CsTUG</b></a> (Czech and Slovak Republics) <br> + <dd>Petr Sojka, President<br> + Ceskoslovenské sdruzení uzivatelu TeXu <br> + CsTUG, c/o FI MU <br> + Botanická 68a <br> + CZ-602 00 Brno <br> + CZECH REPUBLIC <br> + Tel: +420-5-41212352<br> + FAX: +420-5-41212568<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:cstug@cstug.cz"><tt>cstug@cstug.cz</tt></a><br> + FTP: <tt><a href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex</a></tt><p> </dd> + + + +<dt><a href="http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug/"> + <b>CyrTUG</b></a> (Russia) + <dd>Eugenii V. Pankratiev, President<br> + CyrTUG, c/o Mir Publishers<br> + 2 Pervyi Rizhskii Pereulok<br> + Moscow, 129820, Russia<br> + Phone: (095) 286 0622<br> + Fax: (095) 288 9522<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru">cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru</a> + or <a href="cyrtug@mir.msk.su">cyrtug@mir.msk.su</a> + <p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.dante.de"> + <b>DANTE</b></a> (German-speaking) + <dd>Volker Schaa, President <br> + Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. <br> + Postfach 101840 <br> + D-69008 Heidelberg, Germany <br> + Tel: +49 6221 29766 <br> + FAX: +49 6221 167906 <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:dante@dante.de"> + <tt>dante@dante.de</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.tug.dk/"> + <b>DK-TUG</b></a> (Danish TeX Users Group) + <dd>Kaja Christiansen, President<br> + DK-TUG, Department of Mathematical Sciences<br> + University of Aarhus, Ny Munkegade, Bldg 530<br> + DK-8000 Århus C., Denmark<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:bestyrelse@tug.dk"> + <tt>bestyrelse@tug.dk</tt></a><br> + Mailing list: + <a href="mailto:dk-tug@tug.dk"><tt>dk-tug@tug.dk</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><b>Estonian User Group</b> + <dd>Astrophysical Observatory, Toravere <br> + Enn Saar, Tartu <br> + EE 2444 Estonia <br> + Email: <a href="mailto: saar@aai.ee"> + <tt>saar@aai.ee</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://obelix.ee.duth.gr/eft"> +<img src="greek-img.jpg" alt="Greek TeX Friends" + align="left" hspace="5">The Greek TeX Friends Group</a> + <dd>Apostolos Syropoulos, President <br> + 366, 28th October Str.<br> + GR-671 00 Xanthi<br> + GREECE<br> + Telephone: Tel.:+30 541 28704<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr"> + <tt>apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://hilbert.mat.uc.pt/~GUTpt"> +<b>GUTpt</b></a> (Portugal) + <dd>Pedro Quaresma de Almeida, President <br> + Grupo de Utilizadores de TeX<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt"> + <tt>GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.guit.sssup.it"> +<b>GuIT</b></a> (Italy) + <dd>Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani TeX<br> + For information, contact <br> + Maurizio Himmelmann <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:guit@sssup.it"> + <tt>guit@sssup.it</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.gust.org.pl/"> +<b>GUST</b></a> (Poland) + <dd>Andrzej Borzyszkowski, President<br> + Polska Grupa Uzytkowników Systemu TeX <br> + Uczelniane Centrum Informatyczne<br> + Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika<br> + ul. Gagarina 7<br> + 87 - 100 Torun, Poland <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:prezes@gust.org.pl"> + <tt>prezes@gust.org.pl</tt></a><br> + <a href="mailto:sekretariat@gust.org.pl"> + sekretariat@gust.org.pl</a><br> + Mailing list: <a href="mailto:gust-l@man.torun.pl"> + gust-l@man.torun.pl</a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.gutenberg.eu.org"> +<b>GUTenberg</b> </a> (French-speaking) + <dd>Maurice Laugier, President <br> + Group francophone des Utilisateurs de TeX <br> + Association GUTenberg <br> + c/o Irisa, Campus universitaire de Beaulieu<br> + F-35042 Rennes cedex, France<br> + Tel: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br> + FAX: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org"> + <tt>secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><b>ITALIC</b> (Irish) + <dd>No formal user group yet.<br> + Public mailing list: + <a href="mailto:ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie"> + <tt>ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie</tt> </a><br> + (send subscription requests + to <a href="mailto:LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie"> + <tt>LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie</tt></a>).<br> + Peter Flynn<br> + Computer Centre<br> + University College<br> + Cork, Ireland<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:pflynn@www.ucc.ie"> + <tt>pflynn@www.ucc.ie</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.ktug.or.kr" target="_top"> +<b>KTUG</b></a> (Korean TeX Users Group)<br> + +<dd><a href="mailto:director@ktug.or.kr">Kim Kangsu, Director</a><br> +Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.ktug.or.kr"> +<tt>info@mail.ktug.or.kr</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.vtex.lt/tex/"> + <b>Lietovos TeX'o Vartotojø Grupë</b></a> + (Lithuanian TeX Users Group) + <dd>Vytas Statulevicius, Chair<br> + Akademijos 4<br> + LT-2600 Vilnius, Lithuania<br> + Tel: +370 2 359 609<br> + FAX: +370 2 359 804<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:vytass@ktl.mii.lt"> + <tt>vytass@ktl.mii.lt</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.math.klte.hu/~matex/"> + <b>Magyar TeX Egyesület</b></a> (Hungarian TeX Users Group) + <dd>Antal Járai, President<br> + <dd>Contact address:<br> + <dd>Gyöngyi Bujdosó<br> + <dd>University of Debrecen<br> + <dd>H-4010 Debrecen, P.O.B. 12<br> + <dd>Hungary<br> +Email: <a href="mailto:matex@math.klte.hu"><tt>matex@math.klte.hu</tt></a> +<p></dd> + +<dt> <a href="http://www.ifi.uio.no/~dag/ntug/"> + <b>Nordic TeX Group</b></a> (Scandinavian Countries) + <dd>Dag Langmyhr, Chair <br> + Department of Informatics<br> + PO Box 1080 Blindern<br> + University of Oslo<br> + N-0316 Oslo, Norway<br> + Tel: +47 22 85 24 50<br> + FAX: +47 22 85 24 01<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:dag@ifi.uio.no"> + <tt>dag@ifi.uio.no</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt><a href="http://www.ntg.nl/"> +<b>NTG</b> </a> (Dutch-speaking) + <dd>Hans Hagen, Chair <br> + Nederlandstalige TeX Gebruikersgroep <br> + Utrechtsestraatweg 64<br> + NL-3445 AV Woerden<br> + The Netherlands, <br> + Email: <a href="mailto:ntg@ntg.nl"> + <tt>ntg@ntg.nl</tt></a><p></dd> + + +<dt> <a href="http://vlado.fmf.uni-lj.si/texceh/texceh.htm"> +<b>TeXCeH</b> </a> (Slovenian TeX User Group) + <dd>Vladimir Batagelj<br> + Jadranska 19<br> + SI-61111 Ljubljana, Slovenia<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si"> + <tt>Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/"> + <b>TeX México</b></a> (Mexican TeX User Group) + <dd> Cuauhtémoc Pacheco Díaz (TeX Mexico coordinator)<br> + Rayon No. 523, Centro CP 58000<br> + Morelia, Michoacán, Mexico<br> + Tel: +52 443 312-8724 / Fax: +52 443 317-3945<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:tex@linuxopensource.com.mx"> + tex@linuxopensource.com.mx</a><br> + URL: <a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/" target="_top">http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/</a><p> +</dd> + +<dt> <a href="http://www-lsi.upc.es/~valiente/tug-catalan.html"> + <b>Tirant lo TeX</b> </a> (Catalan TeX Users Group) + <dd> Gabriel Valiente Feruglio<br> + Technical University of Catalonia<br> + Department of Software<br> + Mòdul C6, Campus Nord<br> + Jordi Girona Salgado, 1-3<br> + E-08034 Barcelona, Catalonia<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:valiente@lsi.upc.es"> + <tt>valiente@lsi.upc.es</tt></a><br> + discussion list: + <a href="mailto:catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es"> + <tt>catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es</tt> </a><br> + (send subscription requests + to <a href="mailto:listserv@cesca.es"> + <tt>listserv@cesca.es</tt></a>).<p></dd> + +<dt> <a href="http://tug.org/"> + <b>TUG</b></a> (International TeX users group, LUG for TeX users not + covered by some other group) + <dd>Mimi Jett, President <br> + TeX Users Group <br> + 1466 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 3141<br> + Portland, OR 97209, U.S.A.<br> + Tel: +1-503-223-9994<br> + FAX: +1-503-223-3960<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:office@tug.org"> + <tt>office@tug.org</tt></a><p></dd> + +<dt><a href="http://www.tug.org.in/index.html" target="_top"> + <b>TUGIndia</b></a> (Indian TeX Users Group) +<dd> Prof. (Dr.) K. S. S. Nambooripad, Chairman<br> + Floor III, SJP Buildings<br> + Cotton Hills, Trivandrum 695014, India<br> + Tel: +91 471 33 7501<br> + Fax. +91 471 33 3186<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:tugindia@tug.org.in"> + <tt>tugindia@tug.org.in</tt></a><p></dd> + +<DT><B>TUG-Philippines</B> (Philippines TeX Users Group) +<dd>Dr. Felix P. Muga II, President<br> + Mathematics Department<br> + Ateneo de Manila University<br> + Loyola Heights, Quezon City<br> + Tel: (63-2) 426 6001 local 2515<br> + Fax: (63-2) 426 6008<br> + + Email: <a href="mailto:fpmuga@admu.edu.ph"><tt>fpmuga@admu.edu.ph</tt></a><br> + <a href="mailto:fpmuga@philonline.com"><tt>fpmuga@philonline.com</tt></a><br> +<p></dd> + +<dt><A HREF="http://uk.tug.org"> + <b>UK TUG</b></a> (United Kingdom) +<dd>R.W.D. Nickalls, Chairman<br> + For information:<br> + Simon Dales<br> + c/o 196 Eccles Old Road,<br> + Salford<br> + Manchester<br> + M6 8AL UK<br> + Email: <a href="mailto:uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk"> + <tt>uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk</tt></a><p> +</dd> + +<dt><a href="http://w3.to/viettug" target="_top"> + <b>ViêtTUG</b></a> (Vietnamese TeX Users Group) +<dd>Nguyên-Ðai Quý<br> + + LTAS-University of Liège<br> + Rue des Chevreuils, 1, Bât B52, Local 522B<br> + B4000, Liège, Belgium<br> + Tel: +32-4-366.9098 Fax: +32-4-366.9311<br> + + Email: <a href="mailto:viettug@eGroups.com"> + <tt>viettug@eGroups.com</tt></a><br> +</dd> + +</dl> + +<hr><small>$Date: 2003/08/25 10:17:19 $;</small> +<!-- $Id: footer.html,v 1.7 2003/01/30 16:19:38 karl Exp $ (generic footer) --> +<small> +<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org">contact webmaster</a>; +<a href="/contact.html">contact TUG</a>; +<a href="/index.html">TUG home page</a>. +</small> +</body></html> + diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1bc3a2bc405 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth @@ -0,0 +1,633 @@ +Date: 08 Jan 90 1727 PST +From: Don Knuth <DEK@SAIL.Stanford.EDU> +Subject: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards +Keywords: fonts + +Many writers to TeXhax during the past year or so have been struggling with +interfaces between differing font conventions. For example, there's been a +brisk correspondence about mixing oldstyle digits with a caps-and-small-caps +alphabet. Other people despair of working with fonts supplied by manufacturers +like Autologic, Compugraphic, Monotype, etc.; still others are afraid to leave +the limited accent capabilities of Computer Modern for fonts containing letters +that are individually accented as they should be, because such fonts are not +readily available in a form that existing TeX software understands. + +There is a much better way to solve such problems than the remedies +that have been proposed in TeXhax. This better way was first realized +by David Fuchs in 1983, when he installed it in our DVI-to-APS +software at Stanford (which he also developed for commercial +distribution by ArborText). We used it, for example, to typeset my +article on Literate Programming for The Computer Journal, using native +Autologic fonts to match the typography of that journal. + +I was expecting David's strategy to become widely known and adopted. +But alas --- and this has really been the only significant +disappointment I've had with respect to the way TeX has been +propagating around the world --- nobody else's DVI-to-X drivers have +incorporated anything resembling David's ideas, and TeXhax +contributors have spilled gallons of electronic ink searching for +answers in the wrong direction. + +The right direction is obvious once you've seen it (although it wasn't +obvious in 1983): All we need is a good way to specify a mapping from +TeX's notion of a font character to a device's capabilities for +printing. Such a mapping was called a "virtual font" by the AMS +speakers at the TUG meetings this past August. At that meeting I spoke +briefly about the issue and voiced my hope that all DVI drivers be +upgraded within a year to add a virtual font capability. Dave Rodgers +of ArborText announced that his company would make their WEB routines +for virtual font design freely available, and I promised to edit them +into a form that would match the other programs in the standard +TeXware distribution. + +The preparation of TeX Version 3 and MF Version 2 has taken me much longer +than expected, but at last I've been able to look closely at the concept of +virtual fonts. (The need for such fonts is indeed much greater now than it +was before, because TeX's new multilingual capabilities are significantly +more powerful only when suitable fonts are available. Virtual fonts can +easily be created to meet these needs.) + +After looking closely at David Fuchs's original design, I decided to design +a completely new file format that would carry his ideas further, making the +virtual font mechanism completely device-independent; David's original code +was very APS-specific. Furthermore I decided to extend his notions so that +arbitrary DVI commands (including rules and even specials) could be +part of a virtual font. The new file format I've just designed is called +VF; it's easy for DVI drivers to read VF files, because VF format is similar +to the PK and DVI formats they already deal with. + +The result is two new system routines called VFtoVP and VPtoVF. These +routines are extensions of the old ones called TFtoPL and PLtoTF; +there's a property-list language called VPL that extends the ordinary +PL format so that virtual fonts can be created easily. + +In addition to implementing these routines, I've also tested the ideas by +verifying that virtual fonts could be incorporated into Tom Rokicki's dvips +system without difficulty. I wrote a C program (available from Tom) that +converts Adobe AFM files into virtual fonts for TeX; these virtual fonts +include almost all the characteristics of Computer Modern text fonts +(lacking only the uppercase Greek and the dotless j) and they include all +the additional Adobe characters as well. These virtual fonts even include +all the "composite characters" listed in the AFM file, from `Aacute' to +`zcaron'; such characters are available as ligatures. For example, to get +`Aacute' you type first `acute' (which is character 19 = ~S in Computer Modern +font layout, it could also be character 194 = Meta-B if you're using an +8-bit keyboard with the new TeX) followed by `A'. Using such fonts, it's +now easier for me to typeset European language texts in Times-Roman and +Helvetica and Palatino than in Computer Modern! [But with less than an hour's +work I could make a virtual font for Computer Modern that would do the same +things; I just haven't gotten around to it yet.] + +[A nice ligature scheme for dozens of European languages was just published +by Haralambous in the November TUGboat. He uses only ASCII characters, getting +Aacute with the combination <A. I could readily add his scheme to mine, by +adding a few lines to my VPL files. Indeed, multiple conventions can be +supported simultaneously (although I don't recommend that really).] + +Virtual fonts make it easy to go from DVI files to the font layouts of +any manufacturer or font supplier. They also (I'm sorry to say) make +"track kerning" easy, for people who have to resort to that oft-abused +feature of lead-free type. + +Furthermore, virtual fonts solve the problem of proofreading with screen +fonts or with lowres laserprinter fonts, because you can have several +virtual fonts sharing a common TFM file. Suppose, for example, that you +want to typeset camera copy on an APS machine using Univers as the +ultimate font, but you want to do proofreading with a screen previewer and +with a laserprinter. Suppose further that you don't have Univers for your +laserprinter; the closest you have is Helvetica. And suppose that you +haven't even got Helvetica for your screen, but you do have cmss10. Here's +what you can do: First make a virtual property list (VPL) file +univers-aps.vpl that describes the high-quality font of your ultimate +output. Then edit that file into univers-laser.vpl, which has identical +font metric info but maps the characters into Helvetica; similarly, make +univers-screen.vpl, which maps them into cmss10. Now run VPtoVF on each of +the three VPL files. This will produce three identical TFM files +univers.tfm, one of which you should put on the directory read by TeX. +You'll also get three distinct VF files called univers.vf, which you +should put on three different directories --- one directory for your +DVI-to-APS software, another for your DVI-to-laserwriter software, and the +third for the DVI-to-screen previewer. Voil~~Ra. + +So virtual fonts are evidently quite virtuous. But what exactly are +virtual fonts, detail-wise? Appended to this message are excerpts from +VFtoVP.WEB and VPtoVF.WEB, which give a complete definition of the +VF and VPL file formats. + +I fully expect that all people who have implemented DVI drivers will +immediately see the great potential of virtual fonts, and that they will +be unable to resist installing a VF capability into their own software +during the first few months of 1990. (The idea is this: For each font +specified in a DVI file, the software looks first in a special table to +see if the font is device-resident (in which case the TFM file is loaded, +to get the character widths); failing that, it looks for a suitable GF or +PK file; failing that, it looks for a VF file, which may in turn lead to +other actual or virtual files. The latter files should not be loaded +immediately, but only on demand, because the process is recursive. +Incidentally, if no resident or GF or PK or VF file is found, a TFM file +should be loaded as a last resort, so that the characters can be left +blank with appropriate widths.) + +%--- an excerpt from VFtoVP.web ----------------------------------------------- + +@* Virtual fonts. The idea behind \.{VF} files is that a general +interface mechanism is needed to switch between the myriad font +layouts provided by different suppliers of typesetting equipment. +Without such a mechanism, people must go to great lengths writing +inscrutable macros whenever they want to use typesetting conventions +based on one font layout in connection with actual fonts that have +another layout. This puts an extra burden on the typesetting system, +interfering with the other things it needs to do (like kerning, +hyphenation, and ligature formation). + +These difficulties go away when we have a ``virtual font,'' +i.e., a font that exists in a logical sense but not a physical sense. +A typesetting system like \TeX\ can do its job without knowing where the +actual characters come from; a device driver can then do its job by +letting a \.{VF} file tell what actual characters correspond to the +characters \TeX\ imagined were present. The actual characters +can be shifted and/or magnified and/or combined with other characters +from many different fonts. A virtual font can even make use of characters +from virtual fonts, including itself. + +Virtual fonts also allow convenient character substitutions for proofreading +purposes, when fonts designed for one output device are unavailable on another. + +@ A \.{VF} file is organized as a stream of 8-bit bytes, using conventions +borrowed from \.{DVI} and \.{PK} files. Thus, a device driver that knows +about \.{DVI} and \.{PK} format will already +contain most of the mechanisms necessary to process \.{VF} files. +We shall assume that \.{DVI} format is understood; the conventions in the +\.{DVI} documentation (see, for example, {\sl \TeX: The Program}, part 31) +are adopted here to define \.{VF} format. + +A preamble +appears at the beginning, followed by a sequence of character definitions, +followed by a postamble. More precisely, the first byte of every \.{VF} file +must be the first byte of the following ``preamble command'': + +\yskip\hang|pre| 247 |i[1]| |k[1]| |x[k]| |cs[4]| |ds[4]|. +Here |i| is the identification byte of \.{VF}, currently 202. The string +|x| is merely a comment, usually indicating the source of the \.{VF} file. +Parameters |cs| and |ds| are respectively the check sum and the design size +of the virtual font; they should match the first two words in the header of +the \.{TFM} file, as described below. + +\yskip +After the |pre| command, the preamble continues with font definitions; +every font needed to specify ``actual'' characters in later +\\{set\_char} commands is defined here. The font definitions are +exactly the same in \.{VF} files as they are in \.{DVI} files, except +that the scaled size |s| is relative and the design size |d| is absolute: + +\yskip\hang|fnt_def1| 243 |k[1]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |0<=k<256|. + +\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def2| 244 |k[2]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |0<=k<65536|. + +\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def3| 245 |k[3]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |0<=k<@t$2~{24}$@>|. + +\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def4| 246 |k[4]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. +Define font |k|, where |@t$-2~{31}$@><=k<@t$2~{31}$@>|. + +\yskip\noindent +These font numbers |k| are ``local''; they have no relation to font numbers +defined in the \.{DVI} file that uses this virtual font. The dimension%|s|, +which represents the scaled size of the local font being defined, +is a |fix_word| relative to the design size of the virtual font. +Thus if the local font is to be used at the same size +as the design size of the virtual font itself, |s| will be the +integer value $2~{20}$. The value of |s| must be positive and less than +$2~{24}$ (thus less than 16 when considered as a |fix_word|). +The dimension%|d| is a |fix_word| in units of printer's points; hence it +is identical to the design size found in the corresponding \.{TFM} file. + +@d id_byte=202 + +@<Glob...@>= +@!vf_file:packed file of 0..255; + +@ The preamble is followed by zero or more character packets, where each +character packet begins with a byte that is $<243$. Character packets have +two formats, one long and one short: + +\yskip\hang|long_char| 242 |pl[4]| |cc[4]| |tfm[4]| |dvi[pl]|. This long form +specifies a virtual character in the general case. + +\yskip\hang|short_char0..short_char241| +|pl[1]| |cc[1]| |tfm[3]| |dvi[pl]|. This short form specifies a +virtual character in the common case +when |0<=pl<242| and |0<=cc<256| and $0\le|tfm|<2~{24}$. + + +\yskip\noindent +Here |pl| denotes the packet length following the |tfm| value; |cc| is +the character code; and |tfm| is the character width copied from the +\.{TFM} file for this virtual font. There should be at most one character +packet having any given |cc| code. + +The |dvi| bytes are a sequence of complete \.{DVI} commands, properly +nested with respect to |push| and |pop|. All \.{DVI} operations are +permitted except |bop|, |eop|, and commands with opcodes |>=243|. +Font selection commands (|fnt_num0| through |fnt4|) must refer to fonts +defined in the preamble. + +Dimensions that appear in the \.{DVI} instructions are analogous to +|fix_word| quantities; i.e., they are integer multiples of $2~{-20}$ times +the design size of the virtual font. For example, if the virtual font +has design size $10\,$pt, the \.{DVI} command to move down $5\,$pt +would be a \\{down} instruction with parameter $2~{19}$. The virtual font +itself might be used at a different size, say $12\,$pt; then that +\\{down} instruction would move down $6\,$pt instead. Each dimension +must be less than $2~{24}$ in absolute value. + +Device drivers processing \.{VF} files treat the sequences of |dvi| bytes +as subroutines or macros, implicitly enclosing them with |push| and |pop|. +Each subroutine begins with |w=x=y=z=0|, and with current font%|f| the +number of the first-defined in the preamble (undefined if there's no +such font). After the |dvi| commands have been +performed, the |h| and%|v| position registers of \.{DVI} format are restored +to their former values, and then |h| is increased by the \.{TFM} width +(properly scaled)---just as if a simple character had been typeset. + +@d long_char=242 {\.{VF} command for general character packet} +@d set_char_0=0 {\.{DVI} command to typeset character 0 and move right} +@d set1=128 {typeset a character and move right} +@d set_rule=132 {typeset a rule and move right} +@d put1=133 {typeset a character} +@d put_rule=137 {typeset a rule} +@d nop=138 {no operation} +@d push=141 {save the current positions} +@d pop=142 {restore previous positions} +@d right1=143 {move right} +@d w0=147 {move right by |w|} +@d w1=148 {move right and set |w|} +@d x0=152 {move right by |x|} +@d x1=153 {move right and set |x|} +@d down1=157 {move down} +@d y0=161 {move down by |y|} +@d y1=162 {move down and set |y|} +@d z0=166 {move down by |z|} +@d z1=167 {move down and set |z|} +@d fnt_num_0=171 {set current font to 0} +@d fnt1=235 {set current font} +@d xxx1=239 {extension to \.{DVI} primitives} +@d xxx4=242 {potentially long extension to \.{DVI} primitives} +@d fnt_def1=243 {define the meaning of a font number} +@d pre=247 {preamble} +@d post=248 {postamble beginning} +@d improper_DVI_for_VF==139,140,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252, + 253,254,255 + +@ The character packets are followed by a trivial postamble, consisting of +one or more bytes all equal to |post| (248). The total number of bytes +in the file should be a multiple of%4. + +%------------- and here's an extract from VPtoVF.web -------------------------- + +@* Property list description of font metric data. +The idea behind \.{VPL} files is that precise details about fonts, i.e., the +facts that are needed by typesetting routines like \TeX, sometimes have to +be supplied by hand. The nested property-list format provides a reasonably +convenient way to do this. + +A good deal of computation is necessary to parse and process a +\.{VPL} file, so it would be inappropriate for \TeX\ itself to do this +every time it loads a font. \TeX\ deals only with the compact descriptions +of font metric data that appear in \.{TFM} files. Such data is so compact, +however, it is almost impossible for anybody but a computer to read it. + +Device drivers also need a compact way to describe mappings from \TeX's idea +of a font to the actual characters a device can produce. They can do this +conveniently when given a packed sequence of bytes called a \.{VF} file. + +The purpose of \.{VPtoVF} is to convert from a human-oriented file of text +to computer-oriented files of binary numbers. There's a companion program, +\.{VFtoVP}, which goes the other way. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!vpl_file:text; + +@ @<Set init...@>= +reset(vpl_file); + +@ A \.{VPL} file is like a \.{PL} file with a few extra features, so we +can begin to define it by reviewing the definition of \.{PL} files. The +material in the next few sections is copied from the program \.{PLtoTF}. + +A \.{PL} file is a list of entries of the form +$$\.{(PROPERTYNAME VALUE)}$$ +where the property name is one of a finite set of names understood by +this program, and the value may itself in turn be a property list. +The idea is best understood by looking at an example, so let's consider +a fragment of the \.{PL} file for a hypothetical font. +$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr +(FAMILY NOVA)\cr +(FACE F MIE)\cr +(CODINGSCHEME ASCII)\cr +(DESIGNSIZE D 10)\cr +(DESIGNUNITS D 18)\cr +(COMMENT A COMMENT IS IGNORED)\cr +(COMMENT (EXCEPT THIS ONE ISN'T))\cr +(COMMENT (ACTUALLY IT IS, EVEN THOUGH\cr +\qquad\qquad IT SAYS IT ISN'T))\cr +(FONTDIMEN\cr +\qquad (SLANT R -.25)\cr +\qquad (SPACE D 6)\cr +\qquad (SHRINK D 2)\cr +\qquad (STRETCH D 3)\cr +\qquad (XHEIGHT R 10.55)\cr +\qquad (QUAD D 18)\cr +\qquad )\cr +(LIGTABLE\cr +\qquad (LABEL C f)\cr +\qquad (LIG C f O 200)\cr +\qquad (SKIP D 1)\cr +\qquad (LABEL O 200)\cr +\qquad (LIG C i O 201)\cr +\qquad (KRN O 51 R 1.5)\cr +\qquad (/LIG C ? C f)\cr +\qquad (STOP)\cr +\qquad )\cr +(CHARACTER C f\cr +\qquad (CHARWD D 6)\cr +\qquad (CHARHT R 13.5)\cr +\qquad (CHARIC R 1.5)\cr +\qquad )\cr}}$$ +This example says that the font whose metric information is being described +belongs to the hypothetical +\.{NOVA} family; its face code is medium italic extended; +and the characters appear in ASCII code positions. The design size is 10 +points, and all other sizes in this \.{PL} file are given in units such that +18 units +equals the design size. The font is slanted with a slope of $-.25$ (hence the +letters actually slant backward---perhaps that is why the family name is +\.{NOVA}). The normal space between words is 6 units (i.e., one third of +the 18-unit design size), with glue that shrinks by 2 units or stretches by 3. +The letters for which accents don't need to be raised or lowered are 10.55 +units high, and one em equals 18 units. + +The example ligature table is a bit trickier. It specifies that the +letter \.f followed by another \.f is changed to code @'200, while +code @'200 followed by \.i is changed to @'201; presumably codes @'200 +and @'201 represent the ligatures `ff' and `ffi'. Moreover, in both cases +\.f and @'200, if the following character is the code @'51 (which is a +right parenthesis), an additional 1.5 units of space should be inserted +before the @'51. (The `\.{SKIP}~\.D~\.1' skips over one \.{LIG} or +\.{KRN} command, which in this case is the second \.{LIG}; in this way +two different ligature/kern programs can come together.) +Finally, if either \.f or @'200 is followed by a question mark, +the question mark is replaced by \.f and the ligature program is +started over. (Thus, the character pair `\.{f?}' would actually become +the ligature `ff', and `\.{ff?}' or `\.{f?f}' would become `fff'. To +avoid this restart procedure, the \.{/LIG} command could be replaced +by \.{/LIG>}; then `\.{f?} would become `f\kern0ptf' and `\.{f?f}' +would become `f\kern0ptff'.) + +Character \.f itself is 6 units wide and 13.5 units tall, in this example. +Its depth is zero (since \.{CHARDP} is not given), and its italic correction +is 1.5 units. + +@ The example above illustrates most of the features found in \.{PL} files. +Note that some property names, like \.{FAMILY} or \.{COMMENT}, take a +string as their value; this string continues until the first unmatched +right parenthesis. But most property names, like \.{DESIGNSIZE} and \.{SLANT} +and \.{LABEL}, take a number as their value. This number can be expressed in +a variety of ways, indicated by a prefixed code; \.D stands for decimal, +\.H for hexadecimal, \.O for octal, \.R for real, \.C for character, and +\.F for ``face.'' Other property names, like \.{LIG}, take two numbers as +their value. And still other names, like \.{FONTDIMEN} and \.{LIGTABLE} and +\.{CHARACTER}, have more complicated values that involve property lists. + +A property name is supposed to be used only in an appropriate property +list. For example, \.{CHARWD} shouldn't occur on the outer level or +within \.{FONTDIMEN}. + +The individual property-and-value pairs in a property list can appear in +any order. For instance, `\.{SHRINK}' precedes `\.{STRETCH}' in the above +example, although the \.{TFM} file always puts the stretch parameter first. +One could even give the information about characters like `\.f' before +specifying the number of units in the design size, or before specifying the +ligature and kerning table. However, the \.{LIGTABLE} itself is an exception +to this rule; the individual elements of the \.{LIGTABLE} property list +can be reordered only to a certain extent without changing the meaning +of that table. + +If property-and-value pairs are omitted, a default value is used. For example, +we have already noted that the default for \.{CHARDP} is zero. The default +for {\sl every\/} numeric value is, in fact, zero, unless otherwise stated +below. + +If the same property name is used more than once, \.{VPtoVF} will not notice +the discrepancy; it simply uses the final value given. Once again, however, the +\.{LIGTABLE} is an exception to this rule; \.{VPtoVF} will complain if there +is more than one label for some character. And of course many of the +entries in the \.{LIGTABLE} property list have the same property name. + +@ A \.{VPL} file also includes information about how to create each character, +by typesetting characters from other fonts and/or by drawing lines, etc. +Such information is the value of the `\.{MAP}' property, which can be +illustrated as follows: +$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr +(MAPFONT D 0 (FONTNAME Times-Roman))\cr +(MAPFONT D 1 (FONTNAME Symbol))\cr +(MAPFONT D 2 (FONTNAME cmr10)(FONTAT D 20))\cr +(CHARACTER O 0 (MAP (SELECTFONT D 1)(SETCHAR C G)))\cr +(CHARACTER O 76 (MAP (SETCHAR O 277)))\cr +(CHARACTER D 197 (MAP\cr +\qquad(PUSH)(SETCHAR C A)(POP)\cr +\qquad(MOVEUP R 0.937)(MOVERIGHT R 1.5)(SETCHAR O 312)))\cr +(CHARACTER O 200 (MAP (MOVEDOWN R 2.1)(SETRULE R 1 R 8)))\cr +(CHARACTER O 201 (MAP\cr +\qquad (SPECIAL ps: /SaveGray currentgray def .5 setgray)\cr +\qquad (SELECTFONT D 2)(SETCHAR C A)\cr +\qquad (SPECIAL SaveGray setgray)))\cr +}}$$ +(These specifications appear in addition to the conventional \.{PL} +information. The \.{MAP} attribute can be mixed in with other attributes +like \.{CHARWD} or it can be given separately.) + +In this example, the virtual font is composed of characters that can be +fabricated from three actual fonts, `\.{Times-Roman}', +`\.{Symbol}', and `\.{cmr10} \.{at} \.{20\\u}' (where \.{\\u} +is the unit size in this \.{VPL} file). Character |@'0| is typeset as +a `G' from the symbol font. Character |@'76| is typeset as character |@'277| +from the ordinary Times font. (If no other font is selected, font +number~0 is the default. If no \.{MAP} attribute is given, the default map +is a character of the same number in the default font.) + +Character 197 (decimal) is more interesting: First an A is typeset (in the +default font Times), and this is enclosed by \.{PUSH} and \.{POP} so that +the original position is restored. Then the accent character |@'312| is +typeset, after moving up .937 units and right 1.5 units. + +To typeset character |@'200| in this virtual font, we move down 2.1 units, +then typeset a rule that is 1 unit high and 8 units wide. + +Finally, to typeset character |@'201|, we do something that requires a +special ability to interpret PostScript commands; this example +sets the PostScript ``color'' to 50\char`\%\ gray and typesets an `A' +from \.{cmr10} in that color. + +In general, the \.{MAP} attribute of a virtual character can be any sequence +of typesetting commands that might appear in a page of a \.{DVI} file. +A single character might map into an entire page. + +@ But instead of relying on a hypothetical example, let's consider a complete +grammar for \.{VPL} files, beginning with the (unchanged) grammatical rules +for \.{PL} files. At the outer level, the following property names +are valid in any \.{PL} file: + +\yskip\hang\.{CHECKSUM} (four-byte value). The value, which should be a +nonnegative integer less than $2^{32}$, is used to identify a particular +version of a font; it should match the check sum value stored with the font +itself. An explicit check sum of zero is used to bypass +check sum testing. If no checksum is specified in the \.{VPL} file, +\.{VPtoVF} will compute the checksum that \MF\ would compute from the +same data. + + +\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNSIZE} (numeric value, default is 10). The value, which +should be a real number in the range |1.0<=x<2048|, represents the default +amount by which all quantities will be scaled if the font is not loaded +with an `\.{at}' specification. For example, if one says +`\.{\\font\\A=cmr10 at 15pt}' in \TeX\ language, the design size in the \.{TFM} +file is ignored and effectively replaced by 15 points; but if one simply +says `\.{\\font\\A=cmr10}' the stated design size is used. This quantity is +always in units of printer's points. + +\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNUNITS} (numeric value, default is 1). The value +should be a positive real number; it says how many units equals the design +size (or the eventual `\.{at}' size, if the font is being scaled). For +example, suppose you have a font that has been digitized with 600 pixels per +em, and the design size is one em; then you could say `\.{(DESIGNUNITS R 600)}' +if you wanted to give all of your measurements in units of pixels. + +\yskip\hang\.{CODINGSCHEME} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}'). +The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 40. +It identifies the correspondence between the numeric codes and font characters. +(\TeX\ ignores this information, but other software programs make use of it.) + +\yskip\hang\.{FAMILY} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}'). +The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 20. +It identifies the name of the family to which this font belongs, e.g., +`\.{HELVETICA}'. (\TeX\ ignores this information; but it is needed, for +example, when converting \.{DVI} files to \.{PRESS} files for Xerox +equipment.) + +\yskip\hang\.{FACE} (one-byte value). This number, which must lie +between 0 and 255 inclusive, is a subsidiary ident\-ifi\-ca\-tion of +the font within its family. For example, bold italic condensed fonts +might have the same family name as light roman extended fonts, +differing only in their face byte. (\TeX\ ignores this information; +but it is needed, for example, when converting \.{DVI} files to +\.{PRESS} files for Xerox equipment.) + +\yskip\hang\.{SEVENBITSAFEFLAG} (string value, default is +`\.{FALSE}'). The value should start with either `\.T' (true) or `\.F' +(false). If true, character codes less than 128 cannot lead to codes +of 128 or more via ligatures or charlists or extensible characters. +(\TeX82 ignores this flag, but older versions of \TeX\ would only +accept \.{TFM} files that were seven-bit safe.) \.{VPtoVF} computes +the correct value of this flag and gives an error message only if a +claimed ``true'' value is incorrect. + +\yskip\hang\.{HEADER} (a one-byte value followed by a four-byte value). +The one-byte value should be between 18 and a maximum limit that can be +raised or lowered depending on the compile-time setting of |max_header_bytes|. +The four-byte value goes into the header word whose index is the one-byte +value; for example, to set |header[18]:=1|, one may write +`\.{(HEADER D 18 O 1)}'. This notation is used for header information that +is presently unnamed. (\TeX\ ignores it.) + +\yskip\hang\.{FONTDIMEN} (property list value). See below for the names +allowed in this property list. + +\yskip\hang\.{LIGTABLE} (property list value). See below for the rules +about this special kind of property list. + +\yskip\hang\.{BOUNDARYCHAR} (one-byte value). If this character appears in +a \.{LIGTABLE} command, it matches ``end of word'' as well as itself. +If no boundary character is given and no \.{LABEL} \.{BOUNDARYCHAR} occurs +within \.{LIGTABLE}, word boundaries will not affect ligatures or kerning. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARACTER}. The value is a one-byte integer followed by +a property list. The integer represents the number of a character that is +present in the font; the property list of a character is defined below. +The default is an empty property list. + +@ Numeric property list values can be given in various forms identified by +a prefixed letter. + +\yskip\hang\.C denotes an ASCII character, which should be a standard visible +character that is not a parenthesis. The numeric value will therefore be +between @'41 and @'176 but not @'50 or @'51. + +\yskip\hang\.D denotes an unsigned decimal integer, which must be +less than $2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{D 4294967295}'. + +\yskip\hang\.F denotes a three-letter Xerox face code; the admissible codes +are \.{MRR}, \.{MIR}, \.{BRR}, \.{BIR}, \.{LRR}, \.{LIR}, \.{MRC}, \.{MIC}, +\.{BRC}, \.{BIC}, \.{LRC}, \.{LIC}, \.{MRE}, \.{MIE}, \.{BRE}, \.{BIE}, +\.{LRE}, and \.{LIE}, denoting the integers 0 to 17, respectively. + +\yskip\hang\.O denotes an unsigned octal integer, which must be less than +$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{O 37777777777}'. + +\yskip\hang\.H denotes an unsigned hexadecimal integer, which must be less than +$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{H FFFFFFFF}'. + +\yskip\hang\.R denotes a real number in decimal notation, optionally preceded +by a `\.+' or `\.-' sign, and optionally including a decimal point. The +absolute value must be less than 2048. + +@ The property names allowed in a \.{FONTDIMEN} property list correspond to +various \TeX\ parameters, each of which has a (real) numeric value. All +of the parameters except \.{SLANT} are in design units. The admissible +names are \.{SLANT}, \.{SPACE}, \.{STRETCH}, \.{SHRINK}, \.{XHEIGHT}, +\.{QUAD}, \.{EXTRASPACE}, \.{NUM1}, \.{NUM2}, \.{NUM3}, \.{DENOM1}, +\.{DENOM2}, \.{SUP1}, \.{SUP2}, \.{SUP3}, \.{SUB1}, \.{SUB2}, \.{SUPDROP}, +\.{SUBDROP}, \.{DELIM1}, \.{DELIM2}, and \.{AXISHEIGHT}, for parameters +1~to~22. The alternate names \.{DEFAULTRULETHICKNESS}, +\.{BIGOPSPACING1}, \.{BIGOPSPACING2}, \.{BIGOPSPACING3}, +\.{BIGOPSPACING4}, and \.{BIGOPSPACING5}, may also be used for parameters +8 to 13. + +The notation `\.{PARAMETER} $n$' provides another way to specify the +$n$th parameter; for example, `\.{(PARAMETER} \.{D 1 R -.25)}' is another way +to specify that the \.{SLANT} is $-0.25$. The value of $n$ must be positive +and less than |max_param_words|. + +@ The elements of a \.{CHARACTER} property list can be of six different types. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARWD} (real value) denotes the character's width in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARHT} (real value) denotes the character's height in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARDP} (real value) denotes the character's depth in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{CHARIC} (real value) denotes the character's italic correction in +design units. + +\yskip\hang\.{NEXTLARGER} (one-byte value), specifies the character that +follows the present one in a ``charlist.'' The value must be the number of a +character in the font, and there must be no infinite cycles of supposedly +larger and larger characters. + +\yskip\hang\.{VARCHAR} (property list value), specifies an extensible +character. This option and \.{NEXTLARGER} are mutually exclusive; +i.e., they cannot both be used within the same \.{CHARACTER} list. + +\yskip\noindent +The elements of a \.{VARCHAR} property list are either \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, +\.{BOT} or \.{REP}; the values are integers, which must be zero or the number +or a character in the font. A zero value for \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, or \.{BOT} means +that the corresponding piece of the extensible character is absent. A nonzero +value, or a \.{REP} value of zero, denotes the character code used to make +up the top, middle, bottom, or replicated piece of an extensible character. + |